Language selection

Search

Patent 2594098 Summary

Third-party information liability

Some of the information on this Web page has been provided by external sources. The Government of Canada is not responsible for the accuracy, reliability or currency of the information supplied by external sources. Users wishing to rely upon this information should consult directly with the source of the information. Content provided by external sources is not subject to official languages, privacy and accessibility requirements.

Claims and Abstract availability

Any discrepancies in the text and image of the Claims and Abstract are due to differing posting times. Text of the Claims and Abstract are posted:

  • At the time the application is open to public inspection;
  • At the time of issue of the patent (grant).
(12) Patent: (11) CA 2594098
(54) English Title: INHIBITORS OF THE 11-BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1 ENZYME
(54) French Title: INHIBITEURS DE L'ENZYME 11-BETA-HYDROXYSTEROIDE DESHYDROGENASE DE TYPE 1
Status: Deemed expired
Bibliographic Data
(51) International Patent Classification (IPC):
  • C07C 235/14 (2006.01)
  • A61K 31/4402 (2006.01)
  • A61P 3/10 (2006.01)
  • C07C 317/16 (2006.01)
  • C07C 323/41 (2006.01)
  • C07D 207/48 (2006.01)
  • C07D 213/64 (2006.01)
  • C07D 233/54 (2006.01)
  • C07D 257/04 (2006.01)
  • C07D 261/08 (2006.01)
(72) Inventors :
  • PATEL, JYOTI R. (United States of America)
  • SHUAI, QI (United States of America)
  • LINK, JAMES T. (United States of America)
  • ROHDE, JEFFREY J. (United States of America)
  • DINGES, JURGEN (United States of America)
  • SORENSEN, BRYAN K. (United States of America)
  • WINN, MARTIN (United States of America)
  • YONG, HONG (United States of America)
  • YEH, VINCE S. (United States of America)
(73) Owners :
  • ABBVIE INC. (United States of America)
(71) Applicants :
  • ABBOTT LABORATORIES (United States of America)
(74) Agent: TORYS LLP
(74) Associate agent:
(45) Issued: 2014-04-01
(86) PCT Filing Date: 2006-01-05
(87) Open to Public Inspection: 2006-07-13
Examination requested: 2011-01-04
Availability of licence: N/A
(25) Language of filing: English

Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT): Yes
(86) PCT Filing Number: PCT/US2006/000210
(87) International Publication Number: WO2006/074244
(85) National Entry: 2007-07-04

(30) Application Priority Data:
Application No. Country/Territory Date
60/641,520 United States of America 2005-01-05
11/325,965 United States of America 2006-01-05

Abstracts

English Abstract




The present invention relates to compounds which are inhibitors of the 11-beta-
hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme. The present invention further
relates to the use of inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type
1 enzyme for the treatment of non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome and other diseases
and conditions that are mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action.


French Abstract

La présente invention concerne des composés inhibiteurs de l'enzyme 11-bêta-hydroxystéroïde déshydrogénase de Type 1. La présente invention concerne en outre l'emploi d'inhibiteurs de l'enzyme 11-bêta-hydroxystéroïde déshydrogénase de Type 1 dans le traitement du diabète de type 2 non insulinodépendant, de l'insulinorésistance, de l'obésité, des troubles lipidiques, du syndrome métabolique et d'autres maladies et états pathologiques médiés par une suractivité des glucocorticoïdes.

Claims

Note: Claims are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.



CLAIMS

1. A compound of formula (I)
Image
wherein
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkyl, alkyl-NH-alkyl,
alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cyano,
cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl,
arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl, halogen,
haloalkyl, -NR5-
[C(R6R7)]n-C(O)-R8, -O-[C(R9R10)]p-C(O)-R11, -OR12, -S-alkyl, -S(O)-alkyl, -
N(R13R14), -
CO2R15, -C(O)-N(R16R17), -C(R18R19)-OR20, -C(R21R22)-N(R23R24), -C(=NOH)-
N(H)2, -
C (R18a R19a)-C(O)N(R23R24), -S(O)2-N(R25R26), and -C(R18a R19a)-S(O)2-
N(R25R26);
A2, A3 and A4 are each individually selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkenyl, alkyl, alkyl-NH-alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl,
cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
aryloxyalkyl,
arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl,
halogen, haloalkyl, -
NR5-[C(R6R7)]-C(O)-R8, -O-[C(R9R10)]p-C(O)-R11, -OR12, -S-alkyl, -S(O)-alkyl, -
N(R13R14), -
CO2R15, -C(O)-N(R16R17), -C(R18R19)-OR20, -C(R21R22)-N(R23R24), -C(=NOH)-
N(H)2, -
C(R18a R19a)-C(O)N(R23R24), -S(O)2-N(R25R26), and -C(R18a R19a)-S(O)2-
N(R25R26);
R18a and R19a are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen
and alkyl;
n is 0 or 1;
p is 0 or 1;
D is a member selected from the group consisting of a -O-, -S- -S(O)- and -
S(O)2-;
E is a member selected from the group consisting of alkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, haloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, naphthyl and biphenyl;
R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

113


R2 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and
cycloalkyl;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl, or R3 and R4 taken together
with the atoms
to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of
cycloalkyl and
heterocycle;
le is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and
heterocycleoxyalkyl;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and
alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together with the atom to which they are attached
form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycle;
le is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
hydroxy, alkoxy,
cycloalkyloxy, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl and -N(R27R28);
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen
and alkyl, or R9 and R10 taken together with the atom to which they are
attached form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycle;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and -N(R29R30);
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and heterocycleoxyalkyl;
R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl and
heterocyclesulfonyl;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and heterocycleoxyalkyl;
R16 and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,

114


heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl,
hydroxy, and -
alkyl-C(O)N(R201R202), or, R16 and R17 taken together with the atom to which
they are attached
form a heterocycle;
R201 and R202 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and
alkyl;
R18, R19 and R20 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
haloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl;
R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylcarbonyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl and heterocyclesulfonyl;
R23 and R24 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy,
arylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl,
cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryloxy,
heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl and
hydroxy, or, R23
and R24 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring
selected from
the group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocycle;
R25 and R26 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl,
and hydroxy, or,
R25 and R26 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
R27 and R28 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl and
hydroxy, or,
R27 and R28 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; and
R29 and R30 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,

115


heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl,
and hydroxy, or,
R29 and R30 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle.
2. The compound according to claim 1, that is a member selected from the
group
consisting of
E-4-[(2-methyl-2- [4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(4-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
(E)-4-[(2-Methyl-2-{[5-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-
yl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(5-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-

1-carboxamide;
E-4-[2-methyl-2-(pyridin-2-yloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-{[5-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}-2-
methylpropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-[(1S,2S)-2-methylcyclohexyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide; E-4-{[2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide;

116

E-4-({2-[(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4- [2-methyl-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-
yloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4- [2-methyl-2-(1 -naphthyloxy)propanoyl] amino adamantane-1 -carboxylic
acid;
E-4- [2-methyl-2- (2-naphthyloxy)propanoyl] amino adamantane- 1 -carboxylic
acid;
and
E-4-{ [2-(1,1'-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino adamantane-1 -
carboxylic
acid.
3. A compound as of claim 2 which is E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{[4-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide.
4. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of formula (I) as
defined in
claim 1, 2 or 3 in combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
5. Use of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1, 2 or 3 for the
manufacture
of a medicament for treating disorders in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-
hydroxysteroid
dehydrogenase Type I enzyme.
6. The use of claim 5 wherein the disorders are non-insulin dependent type
2 diabetes,
insulin resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome, onset of
cognitive decline,
dementia, steroid-induced acute psychosis, depression, anxiety or a condition
that is
mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action.
7. A compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1, 2 or 3 for use in
treating disorders
in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme.
8. A compound of claim 7 for use in treating disorders which are non-
insulin dependent
type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic
syndrome, onset of
cognitive decline, dementia, steroid-induced acute psychosis, depression,
anxiety or a
condition that is mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action.
117

Description

Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.


CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme
Field of invention
The present invention relates to compounds that are inhibitors of the 11-beta-
hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme. The present invention further
relates to the
use of inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme for
the treatment
of non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance, obesity, lipid
disorders,
metabolic syndrome and other diseases and conditions that are mediated by
excessive
glucocorticoid action.
Background of the Invention
Insulin is a hormone that modulates glucose and lipid metabolism. Impaired
action of
insulin (i.e., insulin resistance) results in reduced insulin-induced glucose
uptake, oxidation
and storage, reduced insulin-dependent suppression of fatty acid release from
adipose tissue
(i.e., lipolysis) and reduced insulin-mediated suppression of hepatic glucose
production and
secretion. Insulin resistance frequently occurs in diseases that lead to
increased and premature
morbidity and mortality.
Diabetes mellitus is characterized by an elevation of plasma glucose levels
(hyperglycemia) in the fasting state or after administration of glucose during
a glucose
tolerance test. -While this disease may be caused by several underlying
factors, it is generally
grouped into two categories, Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes. Type 1 diabetes, also
referred to as
Insulin Dependent Diabetes Mellitus ("IDDM"), is caused by a reduction of
production and
secretion of insulin. In type 2 diabetes, also referred to as non-insulin
dependent diabetes
mellitus, or NIDDM, insulin resistance is a significant pathogenic factor in
the development
of hyperglycemia. Typically, the insulin levels in type 2 diabetes patients
are elevated (i.e.,
hyperinsulinemia), but this compensatory increase is not sufficient to
overcome the insulin
resistance. Persistent or uncontrolled hyperglycemia in both type 1 and type 2
diabetes
mellitus is associated with increased incidence of macrovascular and/or
microvascular
1

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
complications including atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, peripheral
vascular disease,
stroke, nephropathy, neuropathy and retinopathy.
Insulin resistance, even in the absence of profound hyperglycemia, is a
component of
the metabolic syndrome. Recently, diagnostic criteria for metabolic syndrome
have been
established. To qualify a patient as having metabolic syndrome, three out of
the five
following criteria must be met: elevated blood pressure above 130/85 mmHg,
fasting blood
glucose above 110 mg/di, abdominal obesity above 40" (men) or 35" (women)
waist
circumference and blood lipid changes as defined by an increase in
triglycerides above 150
mg/di or decreased HDL cholesterol below 40 mg/di (men) or 50 mg/di (women).
It is
currently estimated that 50 million adults, in the US alone, fulfill these
criteria. That
population, whether or not they develop overt diabetes mellitus, are at
increased risk of
developing the macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2
diabetes listed
above.
Available treatments for type 2 diabetes have recognized limitations. Diet and
physical exercise can have profound beneficial effects in type 2 diabetes
patients, but
compliance is poor. Even in patients having good compliance, other forms of
therapy may be
required to further improve glucose and lipid metabolism.
One therapeutic strategy is to increase insulin levels to overcome insulin
resistance.
This may be achieved through direct injection of insulin or through
stimulation of the
endogenous insulin secretion in pancreatic beta cells. Sulfonylureas (e.g.,
tolbutamide and
glipizide) or meglitinide are examples of drugs that stimulate insulin
secretion (i.e., insulin
secretagogues) thereby increasing circulating insulin concentrations high
enough to stimulate
insulin-resistant tissue. However, insulin and insulin secretagogues may lead
to dangerously
low glucose concentrations (i.e., hypoglycemia). In addition, insulin
secretagogues
frequently lose therapeutic potency over time.
Two biguanides, metformin and phenformin, may improve insulin sensitivity and
glucose metabolism in diabetic patients. However, the mechanism of action is
not well
understood. Both compounds may lead to lactic acidosis and gastrointestinal
side effects
(e.g., nausea or diarrhea).
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose) may delay carbohydrate
absorption from
the gut after meals, which may in turn lower blood glucose levels,
particularly in the
postprandial period. Like biguanides, these compounds may also cause
gastrointestinal side
2

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
effects.
Glitazones (i.e., 5-benzylthiazolidine-2,4-diones) are a newer class of
compounds
used in the treatment of type 2 diabetes. These agents may reduce insulin
resistance in
multiple tissues, thus lowering blood glucose. The risk of hypoglycemia may
also be
avoided. Glitazones modify the activity of the Peroxisome Proliferator
Activated Receptor
("PPAR") gamma subtype. PPAR is currently believed to be the primary
therapeutic target
for the main mechanism of action for the beneficial effects of these
compounds. Other
modulators of the PPAR family of proteins are currently in development for the
treatment of
type 2 diabetes and/or dyslipidemia. Marketed glitazones suffer from side
effects including
bodyweight gain and peripheral edema.
Additional treatments to normalize blood glucose levels in patients with
diabetes
mellitus are needed. Other therapeutic strategies are being explored. For
example, research
is being conducted concerning Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 ("GLP-1") analogues and
inhibitors
of Dipeptidyl Peptidase TV ("DPP-IV") that increase insulin secretion. Other
examples
include: Inhibitors of key enzymes involved in the hepatic glucose production
and secretion
(e.g., fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase inhibitors) and direct modulation of
enzymes involved in
insulin signaling (e.g., Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase-1B, or "PTP-1B").
Another method of treating or prophylactically treating diabetes mellitus
includes
using inhibitors of 11-13-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 (11f3-HSD1).
Such methods
are discussed in J.R. Seckl et al., Endocrinology, 142: 1371-1376, 2001 and
references cited
therein. Glucocorticoids are steroid hormones that are potent regulators of
glucose and lipid
metabolism. Excessive glucocorticoid action may lead to insulin resistance,
type 2 diabetes,
dyslipidemia, increased abdominal obesity and hypertension. Glucocorticoids
circulate in the
blood in an active form (i.e., cortisol in humans) and an inactive form (i.e.,
cortisone in
humans). 1113-HSD1, which is highly expressed in liver and adipose tissue,
converts
cortisone to cortisol leading to higher local concentration of cortisol.
Inhibition of 11f3-HSD1
prevents or decreases the tissue specific amplification of glucocorticoid
action thus imparting
beneficial effects on blood pressure and glucose- and lipid-metabolism.
Thus, inhibiting 1113-HSD1 benefits patients suffering from non-insulin
dependent
type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic
syndrome and other
diseases and conditions mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action.
3

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
Summary of the Invention
One aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of formula
(I)
A3 R1I2 R3 R4
Ire
A4
A2
wherein
Al, A2, A3 and A4 are each individually selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkenyl, alkyl, alkyl-NH-alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl,
aryl, arylalkyl,
aryloxyalkyl, arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl,
heterocyclesulfonyl,
halogen, haloallcyl, -NR5-[C(R6 R7)]õ-C(0)-R8, -0-[C(R9R10)]-C(0)-R11, -0R12, -
S-alkyl,
-S(0)-alkyl, -N(R13R14), .co2R15, _C(0)-N(R16R17), -C(R181Z19)-0R20,-C(R21R22)-
N(R23R24),
-C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -C(RihR19a)-C(0)N(R23R24), ...s(0)2_N(R25R26), and
_c(RtgaRt9a)_
S(0)2-N(R25R26);
R18" and le9a are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen
and alkyl;
nisOorl;
pisOorl;
D is a member selected from the group consisting of a -0-, -S-, -S(0)- and -
S(0)2-;
E is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxyalkyl,
carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, haloalkyl,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, or R4 and E taken together
with the atoms to
which they are attached form a heterocycle;
RI is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R2 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and
cycloalkyl;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl, or R3 and R4 taken together
with the atoms
4

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of
cycloalkyl and
heterocycle;
R5 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and
heterocycleoxyalkyl;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and
alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together with the atom to which they are attached
form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycle;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
hydroxy, alkoxy,
cycloalkyloxy, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl and -N(R27R28);
R9 and R1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and
alkyl, or R9 and R1 taken together with the atom to which they are attached
form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycle;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and -N(R29R30);
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, halo alkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and heterocycleoxyalkyl;
R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl and
heterocyclesulfonyl;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,

heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and heterocycleoxyalkyl;
.K and R17 are each independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl,
hydroxy, and ¨
5

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
alkyl-C(0)N(R
201R202\
) or, R16 and R17 taken together with the atom to which they are
attached form a heterocycle;
Ran and K-202
are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
alkyl;
R18, ¨19
and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
haloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl;
K and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylcarbonyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl and heterocyclesulfonyl;
R23 and R24 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy,
arylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl,
cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryloxy,
heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl and
hydroxy, or, R23
and R24 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring
selected from the
group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocycle;
R25 and R26 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl,
and hydroxy, or,
R25 and R26 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
R27 and R28 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl and
hydroxy, or,
R27 and R28 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; and
R29 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsufonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
6

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyallcyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle,
heterocycleallcyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl,
and hydroxy, or,
R29 and R3 taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
provided that, if R1 is hydrogen; then at least one of A1, A2, A3 and A4 is
not
hydrogen.
A further aspect of the present invention encompasses the use of the compounds
of
formula (I) for the treatment of disorders that are mediated by 11-beta-
hydroxysteroid
dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme, such as non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes,
insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome and other diseases
and conditions that
are mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action, comprising administering a
therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of formula (I).
According to still another aspect, the present invention is directed to a
pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of
formula (I) in
combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
Detailed description of the Invention
One aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of formula
(I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen; and A1, R3, R4, D and E are as described in the
summary of
the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are hydrogen; and A1, D and E are as described in the summary of the
invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
7

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are hydrogen;
D is -0-; and A1 and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are hydrogen;
D is -0-;
E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
A1 is selected from the group consisting of A1 is selected from the group
consisting of
alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, -0R12,
carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl,
-S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0--x 20,
C(0)_N(z16R17), _catl8a,, 19a.
K ) C(0)N(R.23R24),
-C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), -0O2R15, -C(RisaR19a)-S(0)2-N(R
25R26), and _
c(1R21R22)_N(R23-x24) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R18a, R19a, R21,
R22, R23, R24, R25,
and R26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are hydrogen;
D is -0-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20,
_c(0)_
N(R16R17),
C(0)N(R ),
23R24s C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)24\1(R25R26),
-CO2R15,
_c(R18a,-.19a)_
S(0)2-N(R25R26), and _c(R21R22)_N(R23-24,
) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, Rls, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and x are as described in the summary of
the invention;
and
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
8

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4 is alkyl; and Al, D and E. are as described in the summary of the
invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I);
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
Rl and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4 is alkyl;
D is ¨0-; and Al and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4 is alkyl;
D is ¨0-;
E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
Al is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
N(Ri6R17), _c(Risaw9a)_com-R23R24), _
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), -CO2R15,
-C(R"aRl9a)-S(0)2-N(R25R26), and _c(t21R22)_N(R23-24,
) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and
R26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R.1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4 is alkyl;
D is ¨0-;
9

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
Al is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
Nee), _c (RiaaRoa)_c (0)Nat23R24), _
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), _c02R15

,
_cazi8aRi9ays(0)2_NR25R26), and _c(t21R22)_NR23.-.24,
) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and
R26 are as described in the summary of the invention;
and
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are alkyl; and A1, D and E are as described in the summary of the
invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are alkyl;
D is -0-; and A1 and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
fornmla (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
RI and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are alkyl;
D is -0-;
E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
N(R16R17), _c(RiaaRoa)_c (o)NR23R24), _
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R ),
25R26, CO2R15,
_c(R18aRl 9a
) S(0)2.NR25R26), and _c(z.21R22)_NR23-24.
) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and K,-.26
are as described in the summary of the invention.

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
RI and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 are alkyl;
D is ¨0-;
Al is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
New7), _c(R18aRi9a)_c (0)N(R23R24.), _
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), _c02R15

,
-C(R1 8aR19a) s (0)2NR25R26), and _c(R21R22)NR23,- 24N
K ) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, Ro,
RI 8a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and R26
are as described in the summary of the invention;
and
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycle; and Al, D
and E are as
described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
RI and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
cycloalkyl
ring; and A1, D and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
Rl and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
cycloalkyl
11

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
ring;
D is -0-; and A1 and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R.1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
cycloalkyl
ring;
D is-O-;
E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
Al is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
N(Ri6R17), _c (Ri8a--- 19a,
) C(0)N(R23R24), -C(=N0H)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R
26), _c 02R15,
_c (R18aK-.-.19a)_S(0)2-N(R25R26), and _c (R2i R22)..NR23,.
K ) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
cycloalkyl
ring;
D is -0-;
Al is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R181e9)-0R2 , -
C(0)-
N(RI6R17), _c(RiaaRi9a)_c (0)N(R23R2.4.), _
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R
26), _co2Ri5,
-C (R1Sale 9a)- S (0)2-N(R25R26), and _c(R21R22)_N(R23,-._Lc)24.
wherein R12,
R3.6, R-17, Rig, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and .tc are as described in the summary
of the invention;
and
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylaLkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
12

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
cyclopropyl ring;
D is -0-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -C(0)-
N(zi 6R17), _c(Ri8aRi9a)_c (0)N(R23-E.) 24,,
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), -CO2R15,
_cazi8aR19a)...S(0)2-N(R2sR26), and _c (R.21R22)_N(R23,-.24.
K ) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and R26 are as described in the summary
of the invention;
and =
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
cyclobutyl
ring;
D is -0-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -C(0)-
N(R16R17), -c (R.18aR19a)CoNR23-r"K), 24, C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R
26), _co2Ri5

,
_c(R18aR19a)_S(0)2-N(R25R26), and _c (R21R22)_N(R23-E.) wherein R12,
24, R15, R16, R17,
R18, R19,
R18a, R19a., R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and R26 are as described in the summary
of the invention;
and
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen; and
13

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle, and A1, D and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
D is -0-; and A1 and E are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
E is as described in the summary of the invention;
D is -0-; and
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
N(R16R17),-C(R18aR19a,
) C(0)N(R23R),
24s C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25 ' co,e,
_c(R18aR19a)_S(0)2-N(R25R26), and ..c(R21R22)_Not23-., 24.
I( ) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, Ris, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and E.--26
are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen; =
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R3 and R4 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
D is -0-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
N(R16R17), -C(Ri81R19a,
) C(0)N(R23R24), -C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), _c02R15,
14

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
...c(Ri8aRoa)..s(0)2NR25R26), and _c(R21R22)_N(R23R24) wherein R12, R15, R16,
R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and x. --26
are as described in the summary of the invention;
and
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
and A1 and D are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
D is -0- and A1 is as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
R4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
D is -0-; and
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20, -
C(0)-
N(R16R17),-c(R18aR19a, ), _
) C(0)N(R23R24. C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R
26), _c 02R15,
_c(Ri8aRi9a)_S(0)2-N(R25R26), and _c(R21R22)_N(R23-24.
) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and --26
are as described in the summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylsulfonyl,
arylsulfonyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl and heterocyclesulfonyl;
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
D is -0-; and R1, R2, R3, R4, and E are as described in the summary of the
invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein A1 is -S(0)2_N(R25R26) wherein R25 and R26 are as described in the
summary of the
invention;
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
D is -0-; and R1, R2, R3, R4, and E are as described in the summary of the
invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein A1 is -C(0)-N(R16R17) wherein R16 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen
and alkyl and R17 is selected from the group consisting of arylalkyl and
heteroarylalkyl;
D is -0-;
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen; and R1, R2, R3, R4, and E are as described in the
summary of the invention.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a compound of
formula (I),
wherein
A2, A3 and A4 are hydrogen;
R1 and R2 are hydrogen;
D is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(0)- and -S(0)2; and
A1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano,
heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, -0R12, carboxyalkyl, -S-alkyl, -S(0)-alkyl, -C(R18R19)-0R20,
_c (0)_
N(R16R17), _c(Ri8aRi9a)_coNR ) 23R24s, _
C(=NOH)-N(H)2, -S(0)2-N(R25R26), -0O2R15,
_c(zisaRi9a)_s(0)2_N(R25R26), and _c(R21R22)_N(R23-24.
) wherein R12, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19,
R18a, R19a, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and lc,-.26
are as described in the summary of the invention;
E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle,
arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl; and
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl and arylalkyl, or R3 and R4 together with the atom to which they are
attached form a
cycloalkyl ring.
Another aspect of the present invention is directed to a compound selected
from the
following group
E-4-[(2-methy1-2-phenoxypropanoyDamino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2- { [4-(trifluoromethypb enzyl] oxy} prop anoyDamino]
adamantane- 1 -
carboxamide;
16

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
E-4-(12-methy1-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxylic acid;
E-44{2-methy1-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4- { [2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {{2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic

acid;
E-4- { [2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {{2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-methyl-2-[(4-methylcyclohexypoxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-phenoxyprop anoyDamino] adamantane-l-carboxamide;
E-4- { [2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propano yl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {{2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- { [2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- { [2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4- { [2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-methyl-2[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4- { [2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylprop ano yl] amino } adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-y1)-2-methyl-propionamide;
E- f[2-Methy1-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxamide;
E-4- { [2-(3-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-Methyl-2[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4- { [2-(3-Bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
4-({[((E)-4- { [2(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} -1-
adamantypc arb onyl] amino }methypbenzoic acid;
E-4- {[2-(2,3 -D imethylphenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxylic
17

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
acid;
tert-Butyl 4-(2- RE)-5-(aminoc arbony1)-2-adamantyl] amino} -1,1-dimethy1-2-
oxoethoxy)phenylcarbamate;
E-N[4-(Aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4- { [244-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-N[4-(Aminocarbonyl)methyl] -4- { [2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanoyl] amino } adamantane-1-carboxamide;
3-( {[((E)-4-1[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} -1-
adamantypcarbonyl] amino } methypbenzoic acid;
E-4-(12-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4- {[2(2-Cyanophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino } adamantane-1 -
carboxamide;
E-4- [2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
0)-4- { [2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} -1-adamantypacetic
acid;
N-RE)-5-(2-Amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-adamanty11-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-RE)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-ylmethyl)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide;
N- {(E)-5-[(Aminosulfonyl)methy1]-2-adamantyl} -2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
N- {(E)-5-[(Z)-Amino(hydroxyimino)methy1]-2-adamantyl) -2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
E-N-{4-(Aminosulfonyl)benzyl]-4- {[244-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4- [2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} -N-(4-
{[(methylsulfonypamino] c arbonyl} b enzyDadamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-[(4-Chlorophenypthio]-2-methylpropanoyll amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic
acid;
E-4-( {2-[(4-Methoxyphenypthio]-2-methylpropanoyll amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide amide;
E-4-( {2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfiny1]-2-methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
18

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfony1]-2-methylpropanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-({244-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-
methylpropanoyll amino) adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-Methy1-244-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-Methyl-2[2-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]prop amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-[(2- {4-Chloro-2-[(diethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy} -2-
methylpropanoyl)amino]adamantane-l-carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-Methy1-244-(pyrrolidin-1-
ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]prop amino)adamantane-l-carboxamide;
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamanty1]-2-
methylpropanamide;
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-y1)-2-
adamantylbropanamide;
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylthio)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide;
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfony1)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide;
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfiny1)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide;
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4-( { [1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl] carbonyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
44( [((E)-4- [2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino } -1-
adamantypmethyl] sulfonyl} amino)methylThenzoic acid;
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(1H-imidazol-2-y1)-2-adamanty1]-2-
methylpropanamide;
(2E)-34(E)-4-1[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino } -1-
adamantypacrylic acid;
(E)-4-[(2-Methy1-2- [5-(1H-pyrazol-1-yppyridin-2-
yl] oxy} prop anoyl)amino] adamantane-l-carboxamide;
19

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-isoxazol-5-y1-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N- {(E)-5-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy)methy1]-2-
adamantyl} prop anamide;
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamarity1]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanamide;

N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-242-
(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanamide;
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-methy1-242-
(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanamide;
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
E-4- [2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-3-phenylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4-( {2-methyl-2-[(5-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]propanoyl}
amino)adamantane-
1-carboxamide;
E-4- {{2-methyl-2-(pyridin-2-yloxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxamide;

2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N- E)-5-[(methylamino)sulfony1]-2-
adamantyl } prop anamide;
3-((E)-4- {{2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} -1-
adamantyl)propanoic
acid;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N- {(E)-5-[(dimethylamino)sulfony1]-2-adamantyll -2-
methylpropanamide;
E-4-[(2- {{5-(1H-imidazol-1-yppyridin-2-yl]oxy} -2-
methylprop anoyDamino] adamantane-1-carboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-RE)-5-(1H-pyrazol-3-y1)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(amino sulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-(3-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop
anamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(3-methylphenoxy)propanamide;
N-RE)-5-(aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
N-[(E)-5-(amino sulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4- {{2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxamide;

E-4- {{2-methy1-2-(3-methylphenoxy)prop anoyl] amino } adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-{(2-methyl-2- {[(1S,2S)-2-methylcyclohexyl]oxy}propanoyDamino] adamantane-
1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methy1-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
E-4- {{2-(cyc1ohepty1oxy)-2-methy1propanoy1] amino } adamantane-l-carboxamide;

E-4-1[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexypoxy]propanoyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4- { [2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino } adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
4- { [( {(E)-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyDamino] -1-
adamantyl} carbonyl)aminoimethyllbenzoic acid;
E-4-( {2-[(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-2-methylprop anoyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4- { [2-methy1-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-
yloxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic acid;
E-4- { [2-(4-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- { [2-methy1-2-(1-naphthyloxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- { [2-(2,3-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxylic
acid;
E-4-1[2-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxylic
acid;
E-4- { [2-(2,5-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxylic
acid;
.
21

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
E-4- {[2-(2,4-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino) adamantane-l-
carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {[2-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino } adamantane-l-
carboxylic
acid;
E-4- 112-methyl-2-(2-naphthyloxy)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {[2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy)-2-methy1propanoy1] amino} adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methy1-2-[(7-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-
yDoxy]propanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-carboxylic acid;
E-4- [2-(4-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxylic acid;
E-4- [2-(1,1'-bipheny1-3 -yloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {[2-(2-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-N44-(aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4-[(2-methy1-2-
phenoxypropanoyDamino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-1[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino) -N-(1,3-thiazol-5-
ylmethypadamantane-1-c arboxamide;
E-4- [2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino } -N-(pyridin-4-
ylmethyDadamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4- {[2-(4-aminophenoxy)-2-methy1propanoy1] amino} adamantane- -carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-methyl-2[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-( {2-methyl-2[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methy1-244-(pyrrolidin-1-
ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-carboxamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-hydroxy-2-adamanty1]-24nethylpropanamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-cyano-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4-{(2-methyl-2- {4-[(trifluoroacety1)amino]phenoxy} prop anoyDaminol
adamantane-
1-c arb oxamide;
22

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
E-4- [2-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylprop ano yl] amino) adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4- {{2-(2,5-dibromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyllamino}adamantane-1-
carboxamide;
E-4- {[2-(2-bromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-
carboxamide;
E-4- {[2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} -N,N-
dimethyladamantane-l-carboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-((E)-5- {[(4-methoxy-6-methylpyrimidin-2-yDamino]methy1}
-
2-adamanty1)-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4- {[2-(4- [(tert-butylamino)carbonyl] amino} phenoxy)-2-
methylpropanoyl]aminol adamantane-l-carboxamide;
ethyl 4-(2- {RE)-5-(aminocarbony1)-2-adamantyl]aminol-1,1-dimethyl-2-
oxoethoxy)phenylcarbamate;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2- {4- [(propylsulfonyl)amino]phenoxyl prop anoyl)amino]
adamantane-l-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2- {4-[(3,3-dimethy1butanoy1)aminolphenoxyl -2-methylpropanoyl)amino]
adamantane-l-carboxamide;
E-4- {{2-methyl-2-(phenylsulfmyl)propanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
E-4- {{2-methyl-2-(phenylsulfonyl)prop anoyl] amino } adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid;
N-[(E)-5-cyano-2-adamanty1]-2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfony1]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfony1]-2-methyl-N-RE)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-y1)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide; and
E-4-({244-(benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide.
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of inhibiting
11-
beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme, comprising administering to a
mammal,
a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating
disorders
in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme,
comprising administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound
of formula (I).
23

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating non-

insulin dependent type 2 diabetes in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-
hydroxysteroid
dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising administering to a mammal, a
therapeutically
effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating
insulin
resistance in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type
I enzyme
comprising administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound
of formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating
obesity in
a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme
comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound
of formula
(I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating
lipid
disorders in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type
I enzyme
comprising administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound
of formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating
metabolic syndrome in a mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid
dehydrogenase Type
I enzyme comprising administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective
amount of the
compound of formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a method of treating
diseases
and conditions that are mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action in a
mammal by
inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising
administering to
a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a pharmaceutical
composition
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I)
in combination
with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
Definition of Terms
The term "alkenyl" as used herein, refers to a straight or branched chain
hydrocarbon
containing from 2 to 10 carbons and containing at least one carbon-carbon
double bond
formed by the removal of two hydrogens. Representative examples of alkenyl
include, but
24

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
=
are not limited to, ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 4-
pentenyl, 5-
hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 2-methyl-l-heptenyl, and 3-decenyl. Alkenyls of the
present invention
can be unsubstituted or substituted with one substituent selected from the
group consisting of
carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl and aryloxycarbonyl.
The term "alkoxy" as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. Representative
examples
of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-
propoxy, butoxy, tert-
butoxy, pentyloxy and hexyloxy.
The term "alkoxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to an alkoxy group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of alkoxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, tert-
butoxymethyl, 2-
ethoxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl and methoxymethyl.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an alkoxy group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as
defined herein.
Representative examples of alkoxycarbonyl include, but are not limited to,
methoxycarbonyl,
ethoxycarbonyl and tert-butoxycarbonyl.
The term "alkyl" as used herein, refers to a straight or branched chain
hydrocarbon
containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkyl
include, but are not
limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-
butyl, tert-butyl, n-
pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-
dimethylpentyl,
n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl and n-decyl.
The term "alkylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of alkylcarbonyl include, but are not limited to,
acetyl, 1-oxopropyl,
2,2-dimethyl-1-oxopropyl, 1-oxobutyl and 1-oxopentyl.
The term "alkylsulfonyl" as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of alkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to,
methylsulfonyl and
ethylsulfonyl.
The term "alkyl-NH" as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom.
The term "alkyl-NH-alkyl" as used herein, refers to an alkyl-NH group, as
defined

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as
defined herein.
The term "aryl" as used herein, means a phenyl group, or a bicyclic or a
tricyclic
fused ring system. Bicyclic fused ring systems are exemplified by a phenyl
group appended
to the parent molecular moiety and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined
herein, a phenyl
group, a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a heterocycle, as defined
herein. Tricyclic
fused ring systems are exemplified by an aryl bicyclic fused ring system, as
defined herein
and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl group, a
heteroaryl group, as
defined herein, or a heterocycle, as defined herein. Representative examples
of aryl include,
but are not limited to, anthracenyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl,
naphthyl, phenyl and
tetrahydronaphthyl.
The aryl groups of this invention may be optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3,
4 or 5
sub stituents independently selected from alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,
alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkoxy, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano,
cyanoalkyl,
ethylenedioxy, formyl, halo alkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl,
heteroarylcarbonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy,
heterocyclesulfonyl,
hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, RfRgN-, RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl, -
N(H)C(0)N(H)(alkyl),
and RfRgNsulfonyl, wherein Rf and Rg are independently selected from the group
consisting
of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl,
haloalkyl, halo alkylcarbonyl and cycloalkylalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl, the
cycloalkyl of
cycloalkylalkyl as represented by Rf and Rg are each independently
unsubstituted or
substituted with 1, 2 or 3 sub stituents independently selected from the group
consisting of
halogen, alkyl and haloalkyl. The sub stituent aryl, the aryl of arylalkoxy,
the aryl of
arylcarbonyl, the aryl of aryloxy, the aryl of arylsulfonyl, the sub stituent
heteroaryl, the
heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl, the heteroaryl of heteroarylcarbonyl, the
substituent
heterocycle, the heterocycle of heterocyclecarbonyl, the heterocycle of
heterocycleoxy, the
heterocycle of heterocyclesulfonyl may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or
3 sub stituents
independently selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl,
alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl,
halogen, hydroxy,
hydroxyalkyl, nitro, RfRgN-, RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl and RfRgNsulfonyl
wherein Rf and
Rg are as described herein.
The term "arylalkyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein,
26
=

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl,
2-phenylethyl, 3-
phenylpropyl and 2-naphth-2-ylethyl.
The term "arylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of arylcarbonyl include, but are not limited to,
benzoyl and
naphthoyl.
The term "aryl-NH-" as used herein, refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom.
The term "aryl-NH-alkyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl-NH- group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as
defined herein.
The term "arylalkoxy" as used herein, refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy moiety, as defined
herein.
The term "aryloxy" as used herein, refers to an aryl group, as defined herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy moiety, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of aryloxy include, but are not limited to phenoxy,
naphthyloxy, 3-
bromophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy and 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy.
The term "aryloxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to an aryloxy group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
The term "aryloxycarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an aryloxy group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as
defined herein.
The term "arylsulfonyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of arylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to,
phenylsulfonyl, 4-
bromophenylsulfonyl and naphthylsulfonyl.
The term "carbonyl" as used herein refers to a -C(0)- group.
The term "carboxy" as used herein refers to a -C(0)-OH group.
The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a carboxy group as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group as defined
herein.
The term "carboxycycloalkyl" as used herein refers to a carboxy group as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an cycloalkyl group as
defined
herein.
27

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein, refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or
tricyclic ring
system. Monocyclic ring systems are exemplified by a saturated cyclic
hydrocarbon group
containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of monocyclic ring systems
include
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
Bicyclic fused
ring systems are exemplified by a cycloalkyl group appended to the parent
molecular moiety
and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl group, a
heteroaryl group, as
defined herein, or a heterocycle, as defined herein. Tricyclic fused ring
systems are
exemplified by a cycloalkyl bicyclic fused ring system, as defined herein and
fused to a
cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl group, a heteroaryl group, as
defined herein, or
a heterocycle, as defined herein. Bicyclic ring systems are also exemplified
by a bridged
monocyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of the
monocyclic ring are
linked by an alkylene bridge of between one and three additional carbon atoms.

Representative examples of bicyclic ring systems include, but are not limited
to,
bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane,
bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane,
bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane and bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane. Tricyclic ring systems are also
exemplified
by a bicyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of the
bicyclic ring are
linked by a bond or an alkylene bridge of between one and three carbon atoms.
Representative examples of tricyclic-ring systems include, but are not limited
to,
tricyclo[3.3.1.03'7]nonane and tricyclo[3.3.1.13'7]decane (adamantane).
The cycloalkyl groups of this invention may be substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or
5
sub stituents independently selected from alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkyl,
arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
cycloalkyl,
ethylenedioxy, formyl, halo alkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl,
heteroarylcarbonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclecarbonyl,
heterocycleoxy,
hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, RfRgN-, RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl and
RfRgNsulfonyl,
wherein Rf and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl,
alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl,
haloalkyl,
haloalkylcarbonyl and cycloalkylalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl
of
cycloalkylalkyl as represented by Rf and Rg are each independently
=substituted or
substituted with 1, 2 or 3 sub stituents independently selected from the group
consisting of
halogen, alkyl and haloalkyl. The sub stituent aryl, the aryl of arylalkyl,
the aryl of
28

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
arylcarbonyl, the aryl of aryloxy, the aryl of arylsulfonyl, the substituent
heteroaryl, the
heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl, the heteroaryl of heteroarylcarbonyl, the
substituent
heterocycle, the heterocycle of heterocyclealkyl, the heterocycle of
heterocyclecarbonyl, the
heterocycle of heterocycleoxy, the heterocycle of heterocyclesulfonyl may be
optionally
substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the
group consisting of
alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl,
cyano, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, Ragl\T-, RfRgNalkyl,
RfRgNcarbonyl
and RfRgNsulfonyl wherein Rf and Rg are as described herein.
The term "cycloalkylalkyl" as used herein, refers to a cycloalkyl group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as
defined herein.
Representative examples of cycloalkylalkyl include, but are not limited to,
cyclopropylmethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and
4-
cycloheptylbutyl.
The term "cycloalkylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to cycloalkyl group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as
defined herein.
Representative examples of cycloalkylcarbonyl include, but are not limited to,

cyclopropylcarbonyl, 2-cyclobutylcarbonyl and cyclohexylcarbonyl.
The term "cycloalkyloxy" as used herein, refers to cycloalkyl group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy group, as
defined herein.
The term "cycloalkylsulfonyl" as used herein, refers to cycloalkyl group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as
defined herein.
Representative examples of cycloalkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to,

cyclohexylsulfonyl and cyclobutylsulfonyl.
The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein, refers to -Cl, -Br, -I or -F.
The term "haloalkyl" as used herein, refers to at least one halogen, as
defined herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to,
chloromethyl, 2-
fluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoro ethyl and 2-chloro-3-fluoropentyl.
The term "haloalkylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to a haloalkyl group, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as
defined herein.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein, refers to an aromatic monocyclic ring or
an
aromatic bicyclic ring system. The aromatic monocyclic rings are five or six
membered rings
29

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group
consisting of N, 0
and S. The five membered aromatic monocyclic rings have two double bonds and
the six
membered aromatic monocyclic rings have three double bonds. The bicyclic
heteroaryl
=
groups are exemplified by a monocyclic heteroaryl ring appended to the parent
molecular
moiety and fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a
monocyclic aryl
group, as defined herein, a monocyclic heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or
a monocyclic
heterocycle, as defined herein. Representative examples of heteroaryl include,
but are not
limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl,
benzoxazolyl, furyl,
imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl,
isoxazolyl,
isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl,
phthalazinyl, pyridinyl,
pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl,
quinolizinyl,
quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl,
triazolyl and triazinyl.
The term "heteroarylalkyl" as used herein, refers to a heteroaryl, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
The heteroaryls of this invention may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3
sub stituents independently selected from alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkyl,
arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
cycloalkyl,
ethylenedioxy, formyl, halo alkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, hydroxy,
hydroxyalkyl,
nitro, RfRgN-, RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl and RfRgNsulfonyl, wherein Rf and Rg
are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl,
haloalkylcarbonyl and
cycloalkylalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as
represented by Rf
and Rg are each independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 sub
stituents
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl and
haloalkyl. The
substituent aryl, the aryl of arylalkyl, the aryl of arylcarbonyl, the aryl of
aryloxy, the aryl of
arylsulfonyl, the substituent heteroaryl, the heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl,
the substituent
heterocycle, the heterocycle of heterocyclealkyl, the heterocycle of
heterocyclecarbonyl, the
heterocycle of heterocycleoxy may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3
substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl,
alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl,
halogen, hydroxy,

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
hydroxyalkyl, nitro, RfRgN-, RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl and RfRgNsulfonyl
wherein Rf and
Rg are as described above.
The term "heterocycle" as used herein, refers to a non-aromatic monocyclic
ring or a
non-aromatic bicyclic ring. The non-aromatic monocyclic ring is a three, four,
five, six,
seven, or eight membered ring containing at least one hetero atom,
independently selected
from the group consisting of N, 0 and S. Representative examples of monocyclic
ring
systems include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, aziridinyl, diazepinyl,
dithianyl,
imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl,
morpholinyl,
oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl,
pyrazolidinyl,
pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydro-211-pyranyl,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl,
thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-
dioxidothiomorpholinyl (thiomorpholine sulfone) and thiopyranyl. The bicyclic
heterocycles
are exemplified by a monocyclic heterocycle appended to the parent molecular
moiety and
fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a monocyclic aryl
group, a
monocyclic heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a monocyclic heterocycle,
as defined
herein. Bicyclic ring systems are also exemplified by a bridged monocyclic
ring system in
which two non-adjacent atoms of the monocyclic ring are linked by a bridge of
between one
and three additional atoms selected from the group consisting o f carbon,
nitrogen and
oxygen. Representative examples of bicyclic ring systems include but are not
limited to, for
example, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzodioxinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl,
cinnolinyl, 1,5-
diazocanyl, 3,9-diaza-bicyclo[4.2.1]non-9-yl, 3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane,
octahydro-
pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-
benzo[c]azepine,
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-benzo [b] azepine, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-benzo [d]
azepine,
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl and tetrahydroquinolinyl.
The heterocycles of this invention may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or
3
substituents independently selected from alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy,
alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkyl,
arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
ethylenedioxy,
formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl,
nitro, RfRgN-,
RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl and RfRgNsulfonyl, wherein Rf and Rg are
independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl,
31

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkylcarbonyl and
cycloalkylalkyl
wherein the cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as represented by Rf
and Rg are each
independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 sub stituents
independently selected
from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl and haloalkyl. The substituent
aryl, the aryl of
arylalkyl, the aryl of arylcarbonyl, the aryl. of aryloxy, the aryl of
arylsulfonyl, the heteroaryl,
the heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl, the substituent heterocycle, the
heterocycle of
heterocyclealkyl, the heterocycle of heterocyclecarbonyl, the heterocycle of
heterocycleoxy,
may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 sub stituents independently
selected from the
group consisting of alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl,
alkynyl,
carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl,
nitro, RfRgN-,
RfRgNalkyl, RfRgNcarbonyl and RfRgNsulfonyl wherein Rf and Rg are as described
herein.
The term "heterocyclealkyl" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle, as
defined herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of heterocyclealkyl include, but are not limited to,
pyridin-3-
ylmethyl and 2-pyrimidin-2-ylpropyl.
The term "heterocyclealkoxy" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group, as
defined herein.
The term "heterocycleoxy" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy group, as defined
herein.
The term "heterocycleoxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to a heterocycleoxy, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as
defined herein.
The term "heterocycle-NH-" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom.
The term "heterocycle-NH-alkyl" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle-NH-,
as
defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl
group, as defined
herein.
The term "heterocyclecarbonyl" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as
defined herein.
Representative examples of heterocyclecarbonyl include, but are not limited
to, 1-
piperidinylcarbonyl, 4-morpholinylcarbonyl, pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl and quinolin-
3-ylcarbonyl.
The term "heterocyclesulfonyl" as used herein, refers to a heterocycle, as
defined
herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as
defined herein.
32 =

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Representative examples of heterocyclesulfonyl include, but are not limited
to, 1-
piperidinylsulfonyl, 4-morpholinylsulfonyl, pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl and quinolin-
3-ylsulfonyl.
The term "hydroxy" as used herein, refers to an -OH group.
The term "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to a hydroxy group, as defined
herein,
appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined
herein.
Representative examples of hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to,
hydroxymethyl, 2-
hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl and 2-ethyl-4-hydroxyheptyl.
The term "oxo" as used herein, refers to a =0 group.
The term "oxy" as used herein, refers to a ¨0- group.
The term "sulfonyl" as used herein, refers to a -S(0)2- group.
Salts
The present compounds may exist as therapeutically suitable salts. The term
"therapeutically suitable salt," refers to salts or zwitterions of the
compounds which are water
or oil-soluble or dispersible, suitable for treatment of disorders without
undue toxicity,
irritation and allergic response, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk
ratio and
effective for their intended use. The salts may be prepared during the final
isolation and
purification of the compounds or separately by reacting an amino group of the
compounds
with a suitable acid. For example, a compound may be dissolved in a suitable
solvent, such
as but not limited to methanol and water and treated with at least one
equivalent of an acid,
like hydrochloric acid. The resulting salt may precipitate out and be isolated
by filtration and
dried under reduced pressure. Alternatively, the solvent and excess acid may
be removed
under reduced pressure to provide the salt. Representative salts include
acetate, adipate,
alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate,
camphorate,
camphorsulfonate, digluconate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate,
hexano ate, form
ate, isethionate, fiimarate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate,
naphthylenesulfonate,
nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate,
picrate, oxalate,
maleate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, trichloroacetate,
trifluoroacetate, glutamate,
para-toluenesulfonate, undecano ate, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric,
phosphoric and the
like. The amino groups of the compounds may also be quaternized with alkyl
chlorides,
bromides and iodides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, lauryl,
myristyl, stearyl
and the like.
33

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
Basic addition salts may be prepared during the final isolation arid
purification of the
present compounds by reaction of a carboxyl group with a suitable base such as
the
hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation such as lithium,
sodium, potassium,
calcium, magnesium, or aluminum, or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary
amine.
Quaternary amine salts derived from methylamine, dimethylamine,
trimethylamine,
triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-
dimethylaniline, N-
methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine,
dibenzylamine, N,N-
dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine and N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine,
ethylenediamine,
ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, piperazine and the like, are
contemplated as being
within the scope of the present invention.
Prodrugs
The present compounds may also exist as therapeutically suitable prodrugs. The
term
"therapeutically suitable prodrug," refers to those prodrugs or zwitterions
which are suitable
for use in contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity,
irritation and allergic
response, are commensurate with a reasonable benefithisk ratio and are
effective for their
intended use. The term "prodrug," refers to compounds that are rapidly
transformed in vivo
to the parent compounds of formula (I-IXc) for example, by hydrolysis in
blood. The term
"prodrug," refers to compounds that contain, but are not limited to,
substituents known as
"therapeutically suitable esters." The term "therapeutically suitable ester,"
refers to
alkoxycarbonyl groups appended to the parent molecule on an available carbon
atom. More
specifically, a "therapeutically suitable ester," refers to alkoxycarbonyl
groups appended to
the parent molecule on one or more available aryl, cycloalkyl and/or
heterocycle groups as
defined herein. Compounds containing therapeutically suitable esters are an
example, but are
not intended to limit the scope of compounds considered to be prodrugs.
Examples of
prodrug ester groups include pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl,
indanyl and
methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art. Other examples
of prodrug
ester groups are found in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel
Delivery Systems,
Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series and in Edward B. Roche, ed.,
Bioreversible Carriers
in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
Optical Isomers-Diastereomers-Geometric Isomers
Asymmetric centers may exist in the present compounds. Individual
stereoisomers of
34

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
the compounds are prepared by synthesis from chiral starting materials or by
preparation of
racemic mixtures and separation by conversion to a mixture of diastereomers
followed by
separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, or direct
separation of the
enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns. Starting materials of
particular
stereochemistry are either commercially available or are made by the methods
described
hereinbelow and resolved by techniques well known in the art.
Geometric isomers may exist in the present compounds. The invention
contemplates
the various geometric isomers and mixtures thereof resulting from the disposal
of substituents
around a carbon-carbon double bond, a cycloalkyl group, or a heterocycloalkyl
group.
Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being of Z
or E
configuration and substituents around a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl are
designated as
being of cis or trans configuration. Furthermore, the invention contemplates
the various
isomers and mixtures thereof resulting from the disposal of substituents
around an
adamantane ring system. Two substituents around a single ring within an
adamantane ring
system are designated as being of Z or E relative configuation. For examples,
see C. D.
Jones, M. Kasen, R. N. Salvatore, W. J. le Noble J. Org. Chem. 63: 2758-2760,
1998.
The compounds and processes of the present invention will be better understood
in
connection with the following synthetic schemes and Experimentals that
illustrate a means by
which the compounds of the invention may be prepared.
The compounds of this invention may be prepared by a variety of procedures and
synthetic routes. Representative procedures and synthetic routes are shown in,
but are not
limited to, Schemes 1-18.
Abbreviations which have been used in the descriptions of the Schemes and the
Examples that follow are: Cbz for benzyloxycarbonyl; CbzCl for
benzyloxycarbonyl
chloride; DCE for 1,2-dichloroethane; DCM for dichloromethane; DMAP for
dimethylaminopyridine; DME for 1,2-dimethoxy ethane; DMF for N,N-dimethylform
amide;
DMSO for dimethylsulfoxide; DAST for (diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride; DIPEA
for Hiinig's
base for diisopropylethylamine; DMPU for 1,3-dimethy1-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(1H)-

.
pyrimidinone; EDCI for (3-dimethylaminopropy1)-3-ethylcarbodiimide HC1; Et0Ac
for ethyl
acetate; Et20 for diethyl ether; Et0H for ethanol; HATU for 0-(7-
azabenzotriazol-1-y1)-N,
N, N', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate; HOBt for
hydroxybenzotriazole
hydrate; iPrOH for isopropyl alcohol; KOTMS for potassium trimethylsilanolate;
LAB for

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
lithium aluminum hydride; Me0H for methanol; NMO for N-methylmorpholine N-
oxide;
Na0AC for sodium acetate; OXONE for potassium peroxymonosulfate; tBuOK for
potassium tert-butoxide; TBTU for 0-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N;N'-
tetramethyluronium
tetrafluoroborate; THF for tetrahydrofuran; TosMIC for p-toluenesulfonylmethyl
isocyanide;
TPAP for tetrapropylammonium perruthenate; TFAA for trifluoro acetic
anhydride; tosyl for
para-toluene sulfonyl, mesyl for methane sulfonyl, and triflate for
trifluoromethane sulfonyl.
Schemel
R3\ /R4
A3
R1 X A3
R1 R2 R3 R4
A
R2 0 (2)
Al fel D-E
e 'y\c
4 Al f A40
A2 A2
(1) (3)
R3 R4 1.. E-1 (6)
X)i>2 oxidation
0 (4)
A3 R1 R2 R3 R4
Al feA40
A2 (5)
Acids of general formula (2) wherein X = OH can be coupled to substituted
adamantamines of general formula (1) with reagents such as EDCI and HOBt to
provide
amides of general formula (3). Substituted adamantanes of general formula (3),
wherein Al,
A2, A3, A4, R1, R2, R3, ¨4,
K D and E are as defined in formula I, may be prepared as in Scheme
1. Substituted adamantamines of general formula (1), purchased or prepared
using
methodology known to those in the art, may be treated with acylating agents of
general
formula (4), wherein X is chloro, bromo, or fluoro, Y is a leaving group such
as Br (or a
protected or masked leaving group) to provide amides of general formula (5).
The substituted
36

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
amides of general formula (5) may be treated with nucleophiles of general
formula (6),
wherein J is oxygen or sulfur and a base such as sodium hydride. When J is
sulfur that
reaction may be followed by oxidation with reagents like Oxone to provide
amides of general
formula (3) wherein D can become S(0) or S(0)2. In some examples, A1, A2, A3
and/or A4 in
amines of formula (1) may exist as a group further substituted with a
protecting group such as
a carboxylic acid protected as the methyl ester. Examples containing a
protected functional
group may be required due to the synthetic schemes and the reactivity of said
groups and
could be later removed to provide the desired compound. Such protecting groups
can be
removed using methodology known to those skilled in the art or as described in
T. W.
Greene, P. G. M. Wuts "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" 31

1

ed. 1999, Wiley & Sons,
Inc.
Scheme 2
A
A3 3
R. H
N,
0 R2
reductive amination
fel A4 A1 fe
A4
A2 A2 (8)
(7)
Substituted adamantane amines of general formula (8), wherein A1, A2, A3, A4,
RI and
R2 are as defined in formula I, may be prepared as in Scheme 2. Substituted
adamantane
ketones of general formula (7) can be purchased or prepared using methodology
known to
those in the art. Ketones of general formula (7) can be treated with ammonia
or primary
amines (R2NH2) followed by reduction with reagents such as sodium borohydride
or H2 over
Pd/C in a solvent like methanol to provide amines of general formula (8). In
some examples,
A1, A2, A3 and/or A4 in ketones of formula (7) may be a functional group
substituted with a
protecting group such as a carboxylic acid protected as the methyl ester.
These protecting
groups can be removed using methodology known to those in the art in amines of
general
formula (8) or in compounds subsequently prepared from ketones of general
formula (7) or
amines of general formula (8).
Scheme 3
37

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
A3 A3
0 0
carboxylation
HO fe GO2C
A4 A4
A2 (9) A2 (10)
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (10), wherein A2, A3 and A4 are as
defined in formula I, may be prepared as in Scheme 3. Substituted adamantanes
of general
formula (9) can be purchased or prepared using methodology known to those
skilled in the
art. Adamantanes of general formula (9) can be treated with oleum and formic
acid followed
by an alcohol GOH, where G is an alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydrogen, aryl, or acid
protecting group,
to provide adamantanes of general formula (10). In some examples, Gin formula
(10) may
be a protecting group such as methyl. These protecting groups can be removed
using
methodology known to those skilled in the art from adamantanes of general
formula (10) or
in compounds subsequently prepared from (10).
Scheme 4
Amide coupling
R4
A3
RI 6
R2 \N H A3 R2
R1 1 :1 R1 I R3 R4
E 0 Are NA4),0r>c
N
HO2C R17 (12) Aire Ris
A4
R17
A2 (11) A2
(13)
R2
A3
R1 1 R3 R4
0 fe A4 0
(13) deprotection
p. 10
R1 7
A2 (14)
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (14), wherein A2, A3, A4, R1, R2,
R3, R4,
D, E, R16 and R17 are as defined in formula I, may be prepared as in Scheme 4.
Adamantyl
acids of general formula (11) may be prepared as described herein or using
methodology
known to those skilled in the art. The acids of general formula (11) may be
coupled with
amines of general formula (12), wherein R16 and R17 are defined as in formula
I, with
reagents such as 0-(benzotrialzol-1-y1)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium
tetrafluoroborate (TBTU)
38

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
to provide amides of general formula (13). In some examples, A2, A3, A4,
R2, R3, Ri6 and
R" in amines of formula (13) may contain a functional group substituted with a
protecting
group, for example, a carboxy protected as an ester. These protecting groups
may be
removed using methodology known to those in the art to provide amides of
general formula
(14).
Scheme 5
HO CCI3 R3 R4
, HOyV,E
FL D,E 16
alkylation D
0
17
H,D,E
R3 R4 aromatic R3 R4 R3 R4
substitution POD 15
POy\D,H _________________ ,E
Br
0 0 0
18 19 20
Acids of general formulas (17) wherein R3, R4, D and E are as defined in
formula (I)
can be prepared as shown in Scheme 5.
10 Phenols and thiols of general formula (15) wherein D is ¨0¨ or ¨S¨,
purchased or
prepared using methodology known to those skilled in the art, may be treated
with a reagent
like 1,1,1-trichloro-2-methyl-propan-2-ol (16) in the presence of a base like
sodium
hydroxide in a solvent like acetone to provide acids of general formula (17).
Esters of general formula (18) wherein P is an acid protecting group such as,
but not
15 limited to, C1-C6 alkyl, aryl (substituted or unsubstituted) or
arylalkyl (substituted or
unsubstituted), may undergo an aromatic substitution or related reaction with
halides of
formula E-X1 wherein X1 is Cl, Br or I and E is as defined in formula (I), in
the presence of a
base like sodium hydride in a solvent like DMPU to afford compounds of formula
(19).
Removal of the acid protecting group, P, provides acids of formula (17).
Cleavage of the
acid protecting group can be conducted by either acidic or basic hydrolysis
when P is C1-C6
alkyl, or hydrogenolyis when P is benzyl.
Alternatively, esters of general formula (18) may be coupled with halides of
formula
39

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
E-X1 wherein X1 is Cl, Br or I and E is aryl or heteroaryl, under with a metal
catalyst like
palladium along with ligands, to provide compounds of formula (19).
Compounds of formula (19) can also be obtained from the reaction of
bromoesters of
general formula (20), with compounds of formula (15) wherein D is ¨0¨ or
¨S¨and E is
defined as in formula (I), in the presence of a base such as, but not limited
to, potassium
carbonate, to provide esters of general formula (19).
Scheme 6
A3 1R2 R3 iR4 A3 1R2R3 R
4
Rf
or3_24N)eDE
A4 A4
Z--- N
HO2C R17 A2/

.2
R9
20 21
Substituted adamantane amides of general formula (21), wherein Rf and Rg are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
alkoxyalkyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl, the
cycloalkyl of
cycloalkylalkyl as represented by Rf and Rg are each independently
unsubstituted or
substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group
consisting of
alkyl, halogen, and haloalkyl, Z is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycle, arylalkyl,
heteroarylalkyl or heterocyclealkyl, and A2, A3, A4, R1, R2, R3, R4, R18, -2,
D and E are as
defined in formula (I), can be prepared as shown in Scheme 6. .
Adamantane acids of general formula (20) can be coupled with amines of formula

RfRgNH, in the presence of a coupling agent such as, but not limited to, TBTU,
and a base
such as, but not limited, to diisopropylethylamine. The reaction is generally
performed in a
solvent such as, but not limited to, DMF, at a temperature of about room
temperature to about
50 C to provide amides of general formula (21).

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Scheme 7
\/
A3 Ri R2 R3 R4 A3 R1 R2R3 R4 A3 1R2 R3\
/R4
wl NC A
0)\_gLNI-i)cE 0\ N D,E R
NIT,ErE A40
A40
P-0 Are A4
A2 A2
A
23 2
22 24
24
A3 1 A3 3 4
R2 R3 R4 A3 R1 R2 R3
R4
R Ri R R
77 os
#NA:eD,E 44.NA4 E
1(1\D'
HO2C H2NOC HN's N A2
A2 A2 Ni; 27
25 26
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (25), (26), and (27), wherein A2,
A3, A4,
RI., K-2,
R3, R4, D and E are as defined in formula I, can be prepared as shown in
Scheme 7.
Adamantanes of general formula (22) wherein P is hydrogen or an acid
protecting
group such as, but not limited to, C1-C6 alkyl, aryl (substituted or
unsubstituted) or arylalkyl
(substituted or unsubstituted), can be converted to aldehydes of formula (23)
by (a) treatment
with a reducing agent such as, but not limited to, lithium aluminum hydride,
in a solvent like
THF; and (b) treating the product from step (a) with an oxiding agent such as,
but not limited
to, TPAP, in the presence of NMO, and in a solvent like dichloroethane.
Adamantane aldehydes of general formula (23) can be treated with TosMIC and a
base like t-BuOK in a solvent mixture like DME and ethanol to provide nitriles
of general
formula (24). Nitriles of general formula (24) can be hydrolyzed with
potassium hydroxide
in a solvent like ethylene glycol to provide acids of general formula (25).
When treated with
hydrogen peroxide and sodium hydroxide in a solvent mixture like methanol and
DMSO,
nitriles of general formula (24) can be transformed to amides of formula (26).
Tetrazoles of formula (27) can be prepared from adamantanes of general formula
(24)
when treated with reagents like sodium azide and zinc bromide in a solvent
like water and
isopropanol.
41

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Scheme 8
A3 R1 1712_ R3 R4 A3 1R2 R3 R4 A3 1 R2
R3 R4
0,74N ,E
R ND,E
N=N
NC A40 HN, je AO
H2N
A2 A2 A2
28 29 30
R3 R4
A3 RI A3 Ri A3 R1
NH2 fe NH2
HODE
0 0 17
P0 ).
29
A H-N
4
A4 NC A4
-
A2 'H A2 A2
31 32 33
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (30), wherein A2, A3, A4, R2,
R3, R4,
D and E are as defined in formula (I), can be prepared as shown in Scheme 8.
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (28) can be dehydrated with a
reagent
like TBTU in the presence of a base like isopropylethylamine in a solvent like
N,N-
dimethylacetamide to provide nitriles of general formula (29). Nitriles of
general formula
(29) can be treated with reagents like trimethyl tin chloride and sodium azide
in a solvent like
toluene to provide tetrazoles of general formula (30).
Alternatively, adamantane amines of general formula (31) wherein P is hydrogen
or
C1-C6 alkyl, can be (a) treated with a reagent like CbzCl in a solvent like
dichloromethane in
the presence of a base like diisopropylethylamine; (b) treating the resulting
product with a
reagent like KOTMS in a solvent like THF; and (c) treating the acid from step
(b) with
ammonia or ammonium hydroxide in the presence of a reagent like EDCI and HOBt,
and a
base like diisopropylethylamine, in a solvent like DME, to yield adamantane
amides of
general formula (32) wherein P is a protecting group like ¨C(0)0CH2C6115. The
amides of
general formula (32) can be (a) treated with a reagent like trifluoroacetic
anhydride in a
solvent like dichloromethane in the presence of a base like triethylamine; and
(b) treating the
intermediate from step (a) with a catalyst like Pd(OH)2 on carbon under an
atmosphere of
hydrogen, to provide amines of formula (33). Amines of general formula (33)
can be coupled
to acids of general formula (17), in the presence of a reagent like HATU and a
base like
diisopropylethylamine, in a solvent like DMF, to provide compounds of general
formula (29).
Scheme 9
42

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
A3 R1 RI 2 R3 R4
A3 R2 R3 R4
R =
Ny\eD,E
HO-N
NC a m. AO
H2N
A2 A2
29 =34
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (34), wherein A2, A3, A4, Ri, R2,
R3, R4,
D and E are as defined in formula I, can be prepared from treatment of
compounds of formula
(29) with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in a solvent like DMSO, in the presence
of a base
like diisopropylethylamine.
Scheme 10
R
A3 1R2R3 R4 A3 R2 R3 R4
R
D'E substitution N E R10( ""-
A40 oxidation
=
s--2
A2 A2
35 36
R3
0\ R1R2
R4 A3 R3 R4
0 \ E
Rioi
and/or
Riot\S
A40
A2 A2
37 38
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (37) and (38), wherein A2, A3, A4,
Ri, R2,
R3, R4, D and E are as defined in formula I, and R101 is alkyl, cycloalkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, or
heterocycle, can be prepared as shown in Scheme 10.
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (35) can be (a) treated with
trifiuoroacetic anhydride in a solvent like trifiuoroacetic acid; and (b)
treating the product of
step (a) with a thiol of formula RimSH at elevated temperature, typically at
about 120 C for a
period of about 20 hours, in a solvent like trifiuoroacetic acid to provide
thioethers of general
.. formula (36). Thioethers of general formula (36) can be oxidized with an
oxidizing agent
such as, but not limited to, 3-chloroperbenzoic acid, in a solvent such as,
but not limited to,
dichloromethane, to provide sulfoxides of general formula (37) and/or sulfones
of general
formula (38).
43

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Scheme 11
A3 1R2 R3 R4 A3 R1 .112 R3 R4 A3 1R2 R3 /R4
NA?:D,E ,E
0 NIT---D-E jre
39 0
A40
P-0 le
A2 HO 22 A2 A2
40
A3 1 R2 R3 R4 A3 1R2 R3 R4
R 111,1f...v R
D,E
R25
R2. A2 Ho3s/-z#A40
42 A241
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (42), wherein A2, A3, A4, R1, R2,
R3, R4,
R25, R26, D and E are as defined in formula (I), can be prepared as shown in
Scheme 11.
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (22) wherein P is hydrogen or an
acid
protecting group such as, but not limited to, C1-C6 alkyl, aryl (substituted
or unsubstituted) or
arylalkyl (substituted or unsubstituted), can be converted alcohols of formula
(39) by
treatment with a reducing agent such as, but not limited to, lithium aluminum
hydride or
diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent like Tiff. Reaction of the alcohols of
general
formula (39) with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in the presence of a base
like pyridine
and in a solvent like dichloromethane provides the intermediate triflate that
can be isolated.
Treatment of the triflate with potassium thioacetate in a solvent like
dimethylformamide
yields adamantanes of general formula (40). Adamantane thioacetates of general
formula
(40), when treated with an oxidizing agent such as, but not limited to,
hydrogen peroxide and
a base like sodium acetate in a solvent like acetic acid provides sulfonic
acids of general
formula (41).
Sulfonic acids of general formula (41) can be coupled with an amine of formula

R25R26NH wherein R25 and R26 are defined as in formula Ito provide compounds
of formula
(42). Numerous reaction conditions for such a conversion are known to one
skilled in the art.
One such coupling utilizes triphosgene in the presence of a base like
triethylamine with a
catalytic amount of dimethylformamide in a solvent like dichloromethane,
followed by the
addition an amine of formula R25R
26NH.
Compounds of formula (42) wherein R25 is as defined in formula (I) other than
hydrogen and R26 is hydrogen, or R25 and R26 are as defined in formula (I)
other than
hydrogen, can also be obtained from the mono or dialkylation of compounds of
formula (42)
44

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
wherein R25 and R26 are hydrogen.
The mono alkylation can be facilitated with an alkylating reagent of formula
R25X1
wherein R25 is methyl, benzyl, and allyl, and X1 is a leaving group such as,
but not limited to,
Cl, Br, I, triflate or tosylate. The reaction is generally conducted in the
presence of a base
such as, but not limited to, alkali metal carbonates (for example, cesium
carbonate and the
like), in a solvent such as, but not limited to, DMF, providing compounds of
formula (42)
wherein R25 is methyl, benzyl, and allyl, and R26 is hydrogen. Further
alkylation with R26X1
wherein R26 is methyl, benzyl, and allyl and X1 as defined above, using the
aforementioned
reaction condition, affords compounds of formula (42) wherein R25 and R26 are
independently
selected from the group consisting of methyl, benzyl, and allyl. The reaction
can be
conducted stepwise or in situ without isolating the product of the
monoalkylation.
Alternatively, compounds of formula (42) wherein R25 and R26 are identical and
are as
defined in formula (I) other than hydrogen, can be prepared from the reaction
of compounds
of formula (42) wherein R25 and R26 are hydrogen and about two equivalents of
the alkylating
agent.
Scheme 12
A3 1R2 R3 R4
R A3 1R2 R3 R4
amide
carbonylation R15-0 04(11A40 \1. formation
Br Br
H 0 t-p1/440
A2 A2
43 44
H,D
A3 1R2 R3 R4 15 A3 1R2 R3
R4
Oq3(11) displacement R
Br
R16-N A40 R16. No4gA40
R17 A2 17 A2
45 46
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (46), wherein A2, A3, A4, R1, R2,
R3, R4,
R'6, R17, D and E are as defmed in formula (I) can be prepared as shown in
Scheme 12.
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (43) can be carbonylated with
formic
acid and oleum and poured into a solution of formula R150H to provide an
adamantane of
general formula (44) wherein R15 is as defined in formula (I). Adamantanes of
general
formula (44) wherein R15 is not hydrogen can be converted to admantanes of
formula (44)
wherein R15 is hydrogen using methodologies listed in T. W. Greene, P. G. M.
Wuts
"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" 31'd ed. 1999, Wiley & Sons, Inc. The
resulting

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
acids can be coupled to amines of general formula R16R17NH to provide amides
of formula
(45) in the presence of coupling reagents such as, but not limited to, EDCI
and HOBt in a
solvent like dichloromethane. Adamantanes of general formula (45) may be
treated with
alcohols or thiols of general formula (15) wherein D is ¨0-- or ¨S¨ and E is
defined as in
-- formula (I), in the presence of a base like potassium carbonate in a
solvent like toluene to
provide adamantanes of general formula (46).
Adanaantanes of general formula (46) wherein D is ¨S¨ can be converted to
compounds of formula (46) wherein D is ¨S(0)¨ or ¨S(0)2¨ by reacting with an
oxidizing
agent such as, but not limited to, oxone in a solvent like methanol.
Scheme 13
A3 A3 A3n
#0 .
---10.- ---11.- 0
HO 4 Br-A4 Br

-
L

4
A2 A2 = A2
47 48 49
A3
cw::4_NH2 4.
0,11 (:).õ
R25-N
S
26A2 1
O. 0
54 50
1
e
_, II 0 9_gt40
0
p
p 0
R2511 A4 ' R25-N, A- A4
µR26 A2 µR26 A2 Ole 0
A2
53 52 51
Substituted adarnantanes of general formula (54), wherein A2, A3, A4, R25 and
R26 are
as defined in formula I, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 13.
Substituted adarnantanes of general formula (47) can be brominated with a
reagent
like hydrobromic acid in a solvent like water to provide bromides of general
formula (48).
Adamantanes of general formula (48) when treated with ethylene glycol and a
catalytic
46

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
amount of an acid like p-toluenesulfonic acid in a solvent like benzene
provide adamantanes
of general formula (49). Bromides of general formula (49) can be (a) treated
with Rieke zinc
in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran; and (b) followed by treatment with reagent
(50) (prepared as
described in Han, Z.; Krishnamurthy, D.; Grover, P.; Fang, Q. K.; Senanayake,
C. H. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 7880-7881) in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran to provide
adamantanes
of general formula (51). Adamantanes of general formula (51) may be treated
with lithium
amide of formula LiNHR25R26 (prepared in situ by reacting ammonia with lithium
or amines
of formula R25R26NH wherein R25 and R26 are other than hydrogen, with t-butyl
lithium) in a
solvent mixture like ammonia and tetrahydrofuran. The resulting sulfinamides
can be
oxidized with a reagent like osmium tetroxide with a catalyst oxidant like NMO
in a solvent
like tetrahydrofuran to provide sulfonamides of general formula (52).
Adamantanes of
general formula (52) can be deketalized with reagents like hydrochloric acid
in a solvent like
water and tetrahydrofuran to provide ketones of formula (53). Ketones of
formula (53) can
be treated with amines of formula R25R26NH followed by reduction with reducing
reagents
such as, but not limited to, sodium borohydride or hydrogen over Pd/C in a
solvent like
methanol to provide amines of general formula (54).
Scheme 14
A3 1R2 R3 R4
,E
/ 01-1c
A2
A3 Ri R3 R4 23 R23 A3 Ri R3 R4
D,E
\ A40 A40
H A2
A2
55 A3 R1 R3\ /R4 57
Ri 200C \
A40
A2
56
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (55), (56) and (57) wherein R102 is
hydrogen, alkyl or aryl, and A2, A3, A4, R1, R2, R3, R4, R23,
D and E are as defined in
formula (I), can be prepared as shown in Scheme 14.
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (23) can be treated with reagents
like
ammonia and glyoxal in a solvent like water to provide imidazoles of general
formula (55).
47

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Reaction of compounds of formula (23) with Wittig reagent such as, but not
limited
to, triethyl phosphonoacetate and a base like sodium hydride in a solvent like

dimethoxyethane provides esters of general formula (56) wherein 12.1 2 is
alkyl or aryl. Esters
of general formula (56) can be cleaved with lithium hydroxide in a solvent
mixture like
tetrahydrofuran and water to provide acids of general formula (56) wherein
R102 is hydrogen.
Adamantanes of general formula (23) can be reductively aminated with amines of

general formula R23R24NH with a reagent like sodium triacetoxyborohydride in
the presence
of an acid like acetic acid in a solvent like dichloroethane to yield amines
of general formula
(57).
Scheme 15
A3 iR2 R3 R4R alk A3 R1 R3 = R4 yne
addition _________________________________ HO) 1:4N1-1)[yE oxidation
04-4.INA4 0
A40
/ A2
A2
23 58
As Ri R3 R4
A3 R1Fie R3\ /R4 heterocycle
formation
V A40
A40
'(/ A2 A2
59
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (60), wherein A2, A3, A4, R1, R2,
R3, R4,
D and E are as defined in formula I and Q is hydrogen, alkyl, or cycloalkyl,
can be prepared
as shown in Scheme 15.
15 Substituted adamantanes of general formula (23) can be treated with a
reagent like
acetylenemagnesium chloride in a solvent like THF to yield alcohols of general
formula (58).
Adamantane alcohols of general formula (58) can be oxidized with a reagent
like Dess-
Martin periodinane in a solvent like dichloromethane to provide alkynones of
general formula
(59). Alkynones of general formula (59) can be reacted with a reagent like
hydroxylamine
20 hydrochloride in the presence of a base like potassium carbonate in a
solvent like isopropanol
to provide heterocycles of general formula (60).
Scheme 16
48

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
A3 R1 R2 R3 R4
r30_,\D A3 R1 R3 R4
HO'
_tL.NA1: E E
R2 0
A2 A2
39 61
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (61), wherein A2, A3, A4, R1, R2,
R3, R4,
R20, D and E are as defined in formula (I), can be prepared as shown in Scheme
16.
Adamantanes of general formula (39) can be alkylated with a reagent of formula
R2 X1, wherein X1 is a halide or other leaving group like bromide, iodide,
tosylate or triflate,
in the presence of a base like sodium hydride in a solvent like
dimethylformamide to yield
ethers of general formula (61).
Scheme 17
A3 iR R3 R4 A3 R1 1712 R3 R4
E , E R1 133
D
A1-7#AX40 A1
A40
R104
A2 A2
62 63
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (63), wherein E is aryl or
heteroaryl and
A1, A2, A3, A4, R1, R2, R3,
It and D are as defined in formula (I) and R103 and R104 are alkyl,
alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocyclealkyl, or Rw3 and
Rw4 combined to
the atom to which they are attached form a heterocycle or heteroaryl can be
prepared as
shown in Scheme 17.
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (62) wherein X1 is a halide or
triflate can
be coupled with amines of formula NHR1 3R104 with a reagent combination like
copper
iodide and N,N-dimethylglycine in a solvent like DMSO under microwave heating
to provide
adamantanes of general formula (63).
Scheme 18
(X2)m
3
A3 R1 R12 R3 R4 0
A Ri R3 R4
N
Al fe Ag40
A40
A2 A2
64 65
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (65), wherein m is 1 or 2, A1, A2,
A3, A4,
49

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
RI, K-2,
R3, R4 and D are as defined in formula (I), E is aryl or heteroaryl, and X2 is
halogen,
can be prepared as shown in Scheme 18.
Adamantanes of general formula (64) can be halogenated with a reagent like N-
bromosuccinimde in the presence of an acid like HBr in a solvent like
dichloromethane to
yield aryl halides of general formula (65).
It is understoond that the schemes described herein are for illustrative
purposes and
that routine experimentation, including appropriate manipulation of the
sequence of the
synthetic route, protection of any chemical functionality that are not
compatible with the
reaction conditions and deprotection are included in the scope of the
invention. Protection
and Deprotection of carboxylic acids and amines are known to one skilled in
the art and
references can be found in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", T.W.
Greene, P.G.M.
Wuts, 3rd edition, 1999, Wiley & Sons, Inc.
The compounds and processes of the present invention will be better understood
by
reference to the following Examples, which are intended as an illustration of
and not a
limitation upon the scope of the invention.
Compounds of the invention were named by ACD/ChemSketch version 5.01
(developed by Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc., Toronto, ON, Canada) or
were given
names consistent with ACD nomenclature. Adamantane ring system isomers were
named
according to common conventions. Two substituents around a single ring within
an
adatnantane ring system are designated as being of Z or E relative
configuation (for examples
see C. D. Jones, M. Kaselj, R. N. Salvatore, W. J. le Noble J. Org. Chem. 63:
2758-2760,
1998).
Example 1
E-4-(2-methyl-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1 -carboxylic acid amide
Example lA
E- and Z- 5-hydroxy-2-adamantamine
A solution of 5-hydroxy-2-adamantanone (10 g, 60.16 lmmoles) and 4A molecular
sieves (5 g) in methanolic ammonia (7N, 100 mL) was stirred overnight at room
temperature.
The mixture was cooled in an ice bath, treated by the portionvvise addition of
sodium

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
borohydride (9.1 g, 240.64 mmoles) and stirred at room temperature for 2
hours. The
mixture was filtered and Me0H was removed under reduced pressure. The mixture
was
taken into DCM (100 mL), acidified with 1N HC1 to pH = 3 and the layers
separated. The
aqueous layer was treated with 2N NaOH solution to pH = 12 and extracted three
times with
4:1 THF:DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and filtered.
The filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound as a
white solid (9.84
g, 97.9%).
Example 1B
E-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-y1)-2-methyl-propionamide
A solution of E- and Z-5-hydroxy-2-adamantamine (0.868g, 5.2 mmoles) in DCM
(15.0 mL) and DIPEA (2.5 mL) was cooled in an ice bath and treated with 2-
bromoisobutyryl
bromide (0.72 mL, 5.8 mmoles) in DCM (2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2
hours at
room temperature and DCM was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was
partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
saturated
sodium bicarbonate, water, dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the title compound as dark beige solid (1.17 g,
71%). The
isomers were separated by column chromatography (silica gel, 5-35% acetone in
hexane) to
furnish 0.78 g of E-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-y1)-2-methyl-propionamide
and
0.39 g of Z-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-y1)-2-methyl-propionamide.
Example 1C
E-4-(2-bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid methyl
ester
A solution of E- 2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-y1)-2-methyl-propionamide
(0.78 g, 2.48mmol) in 99% formic acid (2.5 mL) was added dropwise with
vigorous gas
evolution over 10 minutes to a rapidly stirred 30% oleum solution (7.5 mL)
heated to 60 C
(W. J. le Noble, S. Srivastava, C. K. Cheung, J. Org. Chem. 48: 1099-1101,
1983). Upon
completion of addition, more 99% formic acid (2.5 mL) was slowly added over
the next 10
minutes. The mixture was stirred another 60 minutes at 60 C and then slowly
poured into
vigorously stirred iced water (30.0 mL) cooled to 0 C. The mixture was
allowed to slowly
warm to 23 C, filtered and washed with water to neutral pH (100 mL). The
precipitate was
dried in a vacuum oven, taken into Me0H and treated with thionyl chloride at 0
C (0.2 mL,
2.8 mmoles). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours
and then
51

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Me0H was evaporated wider reduced pressure to provide the title compound as an
off-white
solid.
Example 1D
E-4-(2-methy1-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
Step A
A solution of phenol (20.7 mg, 0.22 mmoles) and sodium hydride (60%, 10.8 mg,
0.27 mmoles) in toluene (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
Then E-4-(2-
bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-l-carboxylic acid methyl ester (71.6
mg, 0.2
mmoles) was added and the resulting mixture was shaken at 100 C for 48 hours.
After that
the reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced
pressure to provide crude methyl ester of the title compound that was purified
on reverse
phase HPLC.
Step B
The methyl ester of the title compound obtained from step A was hydrolyzed
with 2N
aqueous NaOH, THF and ethanol (2:1:1, 2 mL) at room temperature overnight. The
reaction
mixture was acidified with 1N HC1 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The
organic layer was
separated, washed with water and brine respectively, dried (Mg504) and
filtered. The filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound.
Example lE
E-4-(2-methy1-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid amide
A solution of E-4-(2-methy1-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid (23 mg, 0.064 mmoles) in DCM (2 mL) was treated with HOBt (9.5 mg, 0.07
mmoles)
and EDCI (14.7 mg, 0.077 mmoles) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
Excess of
aqueous (30%) ammonia (2 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for
additional 20
hours. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice more
with methylene
chloride (2x2 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (3x2
mL), brine
(2 mL), dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to
provide the crude title compound that was purified on reverse phase HPLC to
provide the title
compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.26 - 7.31 (m, 2 H) 7.25 (d, J=7.49
Hz,
1 H) 7.02 (t, J=7.33 Hz, 1 H) 6.95 (s, 1 H) 6.91 (d, J=7.80 Hz, 2 H) 6.68 (s,
1 H) 3.79 - 3.88
52

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
(n1, 1 II) 1.91 (s, 2 H) 1.76 - 1.87 (m, 5 H) 1.71 (s, 2 H) 1.65 (d, J=12.79
Hz, 2 H) 1.45 (s, 6
H) 1.38 (d, J=12.79 Hz, 211). MS (ESI+) m/z 357 (M+H)+.
Example 2
E-442-methy1-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-propionylaminol-adamantane-1-
carboxylic
acid amide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
and lE substituting 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl alcohol for phenol. 1H NMR (500
MHz,
DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.73 (d, J=8.11 Hz, 211) 7.62 (d, J=8.11 Hz, 211) 7.07 (d,
J=7.49 Hz, 1
H) 6.95 (s, 1 H) 6.68 (s, 1 H) 4.60 (s, 211) 3.78 (d, J=7.49 Hz, 1 11) 1.88
(s, 2 II) 1.76 - 1.85
(m, 5 11) 1.72 (s, 2 11) 1.59 (d, J=13.10 Hz, 2 11) 1.39 - 1.44 (m, 8 H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 439
(M+H)+
Example 3
E-442-methy1-2-(2-methyl-cyclohexyloxy)-pronionylaminoi-adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid
A two phase suspension of E-4-(2-bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid methyl ester (71.6 mg, 0.2 mmoles), 2-methylcyclohexanol
(0.033 mL, 0.24
mmoles) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (6 mg, 0.02 mmoles) in DCM (1.0 mL) and
50%
aqueous NaOH (1.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. After that
the reaction
mixture was diluted with DCM, neutralized with 3N HC1 and layers separated.
Organic layer
was washed with water (3x2 mL), dried (Mg504.) and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide crude methyl ester of the title compound
that was purified
on reverse phase HPLC and hydrolyzed with 2N aqueous NaOH, THF and ethanol
(2:1:1, 2
mL) at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was acidified with
1N HC1 and
extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with
water and brine
respectively, dried (Mg504) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced
pressure to provide the title compound. 111 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 11.77
- 12.49
(m, 1 H) 7.27 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1 H) 3.76 (d, J=6.75 Hz, 1 II) 3.19 - 3.28 (m, 1
H) 0.98 - 1.96
(m, 28 II) 0.85 - 0.96 (m, 3 II) MS (EST+) m/z 378 (M+H)+
53

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 -
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 4
E-442-methy1-2-(3-methyl-cyclohexyloxy)-propionylaminoi-adamantane-l-
carboxylic acid
The title compound was prepared according to. the procedure outlined in
Example 3
substituting 3-methylcyclohexanol for 2-methylcyclohexanol. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMS0-
D6) 8 ppm 11.70 - 12.38 (m, 1 H) 7.16 (d, J=7.36 Hz, 1 H) 3.76 (s, 1 H) 3.41 -
3.53 (m, 1 H)
1.33 - 1.96 (in, 18 II) 1.05 - 1.31 (m, 811) 0.66 - 0.99 (m, 5 H). MS (ESI+)
m/z 378 (M+H)+
Example 5
E-4-(2-cycloheptyloxy-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
3
substituting cycloheptanol for 2-methylcyclohexanol. 111 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
D6) 8
ppm 11.85 - 12.35 (m, 1 H) 7.21 (d, J=7.67 Hz, 1 H) 3.70 - 3.88 (m, 2 H) 1.37 -
1.96 (m, 25
11) 1.27 (s, 6 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 378 (M+H)+
Example 6
E-4-(2-(cyclohexylmethoxy-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
3
substituting cyclohexylmethanol for 2-methylcyclohexanol. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-D6)
8 ppm 11.70- 12.50 (m, 1 11) 7.06 (d, J=7.36 Hz, 1 H) 3.76 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1 H)
3.19 (d,
J=6.14 Hz, 2 H) 1.41 - 1.95 (m, 19 H) 1.26 (s, 6 H) 0.90 - 1.25 (m, 5 H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 378
(M+H)+
Example 7
E-442-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-l-carboxylic acid
Example 7A
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
To 1.0 g (10 wt%) of 5% Pd/C is added 4-oxo-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid (10.0
g,
51.5 mmol) followed by 7M NH3 in Me0H (200 mL). The reaction mixture is
stirred under
an atmosphere of 112 at 23 C for 16-24 hours; water (200 mL) is added; and
the catalyst is
removed by filtration. The catalyst is washed with methanol and the filtrate
solution is
54

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
concentrated under reduced pressure at a bath temperature of 35 C until
solvent stops
coming over. Approximately 150 mL of a slurry remains. Acetonitrile (300 mL)
is added to
the slurry which is then stirred for 3 hours at 23 C. The slurry is filtered
and washed once
with acetonitrile (100 mL). The wet cake is dried at 50 C and 20 mmHg under
N2 to yield
E-4-amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid (8.65 g, 86%, 13.1:1.0 E:Z ratio by
1H4NMR in
D20).
Example 7B
=
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Methanol (85 mL) was cooled to 0 C; acetyl chloride (15.5 mL) was added
dropwise;
and then the solution was warmed to 23 C for 15-20 minutes. E-4-Amino-
adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid (8.53 g, 43.7 mmol) was added and the reaction solution was
heated to 45 C
for 16 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 23 C and acetonitrile (85
mL) was added.
The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to ¨1/4 volume.
The reaction
solution was further chase distilled with acetonitrile (2x85 mL). The
resulting suspension
was cooled to 23 C and filtered. The filtrate was recirculated twice to wash
the wet cake.
The product was dried at 50 C, 20 mmHg for 16 hours to afford E-4-amino-
adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid methyl ester as a white crystalline solid (10.02 g, 93%).
Example 7C
E-442-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylaminol-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid

To the solution of E-4-Adamantamine -1-carboxylic acid methyl ester (49 mg,
0.2
mmoles) and triethylamine (0.097 mL, 0.7 mmoles) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added a
solution
of 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionyl chloride (55 mg, 0.24 mmoles) in DCM
(1.0 mL).
The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours
and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethylacetate and
water. The
organic layer was separated and washed with 1N HC1, water and brine, dried
(MgSO4) and
filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the
crude methyl
ester of the title compound that was purified on reverse phase HPLC and
hydrolyzed with 2N
aqueous NaOH, THF and ethanol (2:1:1, 2 mL) at room temperature for 20 hours.
The
reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HC1 and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The organic
layer was separated, washed with water and brine respectively, dried (MgSO4)
and filtered.

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the title
compound. 1H NMR
(500 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 11.94- 12.25 (m, 1 H) 7.30 - 7.36 (m, 3 H) 6.87 -
6.94 (m, 2
H) 3.80 - 3.87 (m, 1 H) 1.93 (s, 2 H) 1.85 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 3 H) 1.80 (d, J=2.75
Hz, 2 H) 1.75
(s, 2 H) 1.68 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 2 11) 1.46 (s, 6 H) 1.38 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 2 H).
MS (ESI+) m/z
392 (M+H)+
Example 8
E-412-(4-ch1oro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino1-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
amide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
lE
from E-442-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamincd-adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid
(Example 7C). 111NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.25 - 7.36 (m, 3 II) 6.94 -
6.99 (m, 1
H) 6.89 - 6.94 (m, 211) 6.69 (s, 1 H) 3.83 (d, J=7.67 Hz, 1 H) 1.91 (s, 2 II)
1.75 - 1.87 (m, 5
11)1.63 - 1.73 (m, 4 II) 1.46 (s, 6 11) 1.32 - 1.42 (m, 211). MS (ESI+) m/z
391 (M+H)+
Example 9
E-442-methy1-2-(4-methyl-cyclohexyloxy)-propionylaminol-adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid.
amide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedures outlined in
Example 3
and 1E, substituting 4-methylcyclohexanol for 2-methylcyclohexanol. 1H NMR
(400 MHz,
DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.14 (d, 1 H) 6.98 (s, 1 H) 6.70 (s, 1 H) 3.72 - 3.82 (m, 1 H)
3.39 - 3.50
(m, 1 11) 1.19 - 1.96 (m, 2611) 0.91 - 1.05 (m, 211) 0.81 - 0.89 (in, 3 H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 377
(M+H)+.
Example 10
E-4-[(2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
7C
and 1E substituting 2-phenoxy-propionyl chloride for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionyl chloride. 111 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.74 (d, J=7.36 Hz,
1 H)
7.26 (t, J=7.98 Hz, 2 H) 6.83 - 6.99 (in, 4 H) 6.68 (s, 1 H) 4.86 (q, J=6.55
Hz, 1 H) 3.78 (d,
J=7.06 Hz, 1 H) 1.69- 1.92 (m, 11 H) 1.43 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 3 H) 1.37 (d, J=12.89
Hz, 2H).
MS (ESI+) m/z 343 (M+H)+
=
56

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 11
E-4-{{2-methy1-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyllaminoladamantane-1-carboxylic acid

The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
substituting 2-methylphenol for phenol. 111 NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 11.58
-
12.61 (br. s, 1 H) 7.28 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.19 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 -
7.13 (m, 1 H) 6.91
(t, J=6.87 Hz, 1 H) 6.82 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1 H) 3.79 - 3.88 (m, 1 H) 2.22 (s, 3
H) 1.95 (s, 2 H)
1.86 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 3 H) 1.82 (s, 2 H) 1.76 (s, 2 H) 1.68 (d, J=13.12 Hz, 2 H)
1.46 (s, 6 H)
1.43 (d, J=13.73 Hz, 2 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 372 (M+H)+
Example 12
E-4- [2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)prop anoyl] amino} adamantane-1 -carboxylic
acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
substituting 4-methylphenol for phenol. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 11.75 -

12.46 (br.s, 1 H) 7.30 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 2 H) 6.81 (d,
J=8.54 Hz, 2H)
3.80 - 3.86 (m, 1 H) 2.23 (s, 3 H) 1.94 (s, 2 H) 1.86 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 3 H) 1.82
(s, 2 H) 1.76 (s,
2 H) 1.69 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 2 H) 1.38 - 1.45 (m, 8 H). MS (ESI+) miz 372 (M+H)+
Example 13
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
substituting 2-chlorophenol for phenol. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 11.50 -
12.76
(br. s, 1 H) 7.63 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1 H) 7.57 (dd, J=7.93, 1.53 Hz, 1 H) 7.36 (t,
1 H) 7.24 (dd,
J=8.24, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 7.16 (t, 1 H) 3.88 - 3.98 (m, 1 H) 2.04 (s, 2 H) 1.94
(d, J=2.44 Hz, 5 H)
1.82 - 1.88 (m, 4 H) 1.52 - 1.59 (m, 8 H). MS (ESI+) rniz 392 (M+H)+
Example 14 =
E-4- {[2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
and lE substituting 2-methoxyphenol for phenol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8
ppm
7.91 (d, J=7.67 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.11 (m, 3 H) 7.00 (s, 1 H) 6.86 - 6.93 (in, 1
H) 6.71 (s, 1 H)
3.81 - 3.88 (m, 1 H) 3.79 (s, 3 H) 1.96 (s, 2 H) 1.76 - 1.92 (m, 9 H) 1.54 (d,
J=13.20 Hz, 2 H)
57

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
1.36 (s, 6 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 387 (M+H)+
Example 15
E-4- [2-(4-methoxyuhenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane- 1 -
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
and lE substituting 4-methoxyphenol for phenol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8
ppm
7.30 (d, J=7.36 Hz, 1 H) 6.93 - 7.01 (m, 1 H) 6.82 - 6.92 (m, 4 H) 6.70 (s, 1
H) 3.85 (d,
J=7.06 Hz, 1 H) 3.71 (s, 3 H) 1.92 - 1.97 (m, 2 H) 1.77 - 1.89 (m, 5 H) 1.74
(s, 3 H) 1.71 (s, 1
H) 1.44 (d, J=12.58 Hz, 2 H) 1.37 (s, 6 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 387 (M+H)+
Example 16
E-4-({2-methy1-243-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxyjpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
and lE substituting 3-trifluoromethylphenol for phenol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
D6) 8
ppm 7.53 (t, J=7.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (dd, J=12.12, 7.21 Hz, 2 II) 7.19 (dd, 1 H)
7.14 (s, 1 H)
6.95 (s, 1 H) 6.68 (s, 1 H) 3.81 (s, 1 H) 1.90 (s, 2 H) 1.80 (d, J=7.67 Hz, 4
H) 1.76 (s, 1 H)
1.70 (s, 2 II) 1.61 (d, 2 II) 1.52 (s, 6 H) 1.32 (d, J=13.50 Hz, 2 H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 425
(M+H)+
Example 17
E-4- 1[2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino } adamantane- 1 -
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D
and lE substituting 3-methoxyphenol for phenol. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8
ppm
7.26 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.17 (t, J=8.24 Hz, 1 II) 6.98 (s, 1 H) 6.71 (s, 1 H)
6.60 (dd, J=8.39,
1.98 Hz, 1 H) 6.43 - 6.48 (m, 2 H) 3.82 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 3.70 (s, 3 H) 1.91
(s, 2 II) 1.76 -
1.86 (m, 5 11)1.71 (s, 2 H) 1.66 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 2 H) 1.46 (s, 6 II) 1.36 (d,
J=12.51 Hz, 2 H).
MS (ESI+) m/z 387 (M+H)+
Example 18
N-adamantan-2-y1-2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
7C
58

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
substituting 4-adamantamine hydrochoride for E-4-adamantamine -1-carboxylic
acid methyl
ester. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.30 - 7.35 (m, 2 H) 7.25 (d, J=7.36
Hz, 1 H)
6.89 - 6.94 (m, 2 H) 3.83 - 3.91 (m, 1 H) 1.82 (d, J=10.74 Hz, 2 H) 1.77 (s, 5
H) 1.64 - 1.73
(m, 5 II) 1.42 - 1.49 (m, 8 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 348 (M+H)+.
Example 19
=
E-2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-y1)-2-methyl-propionamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
7C
substituting E-4-aminoadamantan-1-01 for E-4-adamantamine -1-carboxylic acid
methyl
ester. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 7.30 - 7.35 (m, 2 H) 7.22 (d, J=7.06
Hz, 1 H)
6.88 - 6.94 (m, 211) 4.21 - 4.52 (br s, 1 H) 3.75 - 3.80 (m, 1 H) 1.96 (s, 2
11) 1.91 (s, 1 H)
1.64 - 1.71 (m, 2 11) 1.53 - 1.62 (m, 6 11) 1.45 (s, 6 II) 1.27 (d, J=12.58
Hz, 211). MS (BSI+)
m/z 364 (M+H)+.
Example 20
E- {2-Methy1-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoy1] amino} adamantane-1-carboxamide
A solution of the product of Example 12 (24 mg, 0.064 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was
treated with HOBt (9.5 mg, 0.07 mmol) and EDCI (14.7 mg, 0.077 mmol) and
stirred at room
temperature for 1 hour. Excess of aqueous (30%) ammonia (2 mL) was added and
the
reaction was stirred for additional 20 hours. The layers were separated and
the aqueous layer
extracted with DCM (2x2 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with
water (3x2
mL), brine (2 mL), dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced
pressure to provide the crude compound that was purified by reverse phase
preparative HPLC
on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) Using a
gradient of
10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8min (10min run time) at a flow
rate of
40mL/min. to provide the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.28
(d, J
= 7.36 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.12 Hz, 211), 6.98-6.99 (bs, 1H), 6.80-6.82 (m,
211), 6.71-6.73
(bs, 111), 3.81-3.86 (m, 111), 2.23 (s, 311), 1.91-1.93 (m, 211), 1.77-1.87
(m, 5H), 1.71-1.73
(m, 2H), 1.65-1.70 (m, 211), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.37-1.42 (m, 211). MS (ESI-F) m/z
371 (M+H)+.
Example 21
E-4- {[243-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methy1propanovI1 amino } adamantarie-l-carboxamide
59

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 21A
Example 21A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 1D,
substituting 3-chlorophenol for phenol.
Example 21B
E-4- { [2-(3-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl] amino) adamantane-l-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared using the procedure as described in Example
1E,
substituting the product of Example 21A for the product of Example 1D. 1H NMR
(500
MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.35 (d, J= 6.93 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J= 8.10 Hz, 1H), 7.07
(dd, J=
7.83, 1.91 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.98 (bs, 1H), 6.92 (t, J= 2.15 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J=
8.22, 2.29 Hz,
1H), 6.70-6.72 (bs, 1H), 1.90-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 6H),
3.80-3.84 (m,
1H), 1.76-1.85 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.68 (in, 2H), 1.33-1.37 (in, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z
391 (M+H)+.
Example 22
E-4-( {2-Methyl-2[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxylpropanoyll amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide
Example 22A
Example 22A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 1D,
substituting 4-trifluoromethoxyphenol for phenol.
Example 22B
E-4-({2-Methy1-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared using the procedure as described in Example
1E,
substituting the product of Example 22A for the product of Example 1D. 1H NMR
(400
MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.41 (t, J= 8.25 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J= 6.94 Hz, 1H), 7.00
(d, J= 8.15
Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.84 (bs, 1H), 6.67-6.69 (bs, 1H), 3.79-3.84
(m, 1H), 1.87-
1.90 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.86 (m, 5H), 1.69-1.71 (in, 2H), 1.63-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.51
(s, 6H), 1.29-
1.37 (in, 2H). MS (ESI+) miz 441 (M+H)+.

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 23
E-4- {f2-(3-Bromophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxylic
acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
1D,
substituting 3-bromo-phenol for phenol. 111 NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 Ppm 12.05-
12.10
(s, 111), 7.38 (d, J= 6.82 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.06 (t, J= 2.06 Hz,
1H), 6.91 (ddd, J=
8.09, 2.36, 1.18 Hz, 111), 3.80-3.84 (m, 111), 1.93-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.85
(m, 4H), 1.77-1.80
(m, 1H), 1.74-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.70 (m, 21I), 1.48 (s, 6H), 1.36-1.40 (m,
211). MS (ESP-)
m/z 437 (M+H)+.
Example 24
4-( { [((E)-4- { [2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} -1-
adamantyl)carbonyllaminolmethypbenzoic acid
To a solution of the product of Example 7C (200 mg, 0.51 mmol) and TBTU (246
mg, 0.77 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.27 mL,
1.53
mmol) followed by 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (123
mg, 0.61
mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was
concentrated
in vacuo. The residue was taken in ethyl acetate and washed with water and
brine
respectively, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to get crude methyl
ester of the title
compound that was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters
Symmetry C8
column (40mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100%
acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 12min (15min run time) at a flow rate of
70mL/min. and
concentrated. The methyl ester of the title compound was hydrolyzed as
described in step B
of Example 1D. The crude acid product was purified by reverse phase
preparative HPLC on
a Waters Symmetry C8 column (40mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a gradient
of 10%
to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 12min (15min run time) at a flow
rate of
70mL/min.to provide the title compound. 111NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 12.77-
12.82 (bs, 114), 8.08 (t, J= 5.96 Hz, 111), 7.88 (d, J= 7.99 Hz, 211), 7.29-
7.36 (m, 511), 6.91-
6.93 (m, 211), 4.31 (d, J= 5.86 Hz, 211), 3.84-3.89 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.96 (m,
2H), 1.82-1.91 (m,
511), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 211), 1.47 (s, 611), 1.32-1.45 (m,
211). MS (ESI+) m/z
525 (M+H)+.
61

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 25
E-4- {12-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid
Example 25A
2-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
To an ice cold solution of 2,3-dimethylphenol (136 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 1,1,1-
trichloro-2-methy1-2-propanol hydrate (492 mg, 2.75 mmol) in acetone (2 mL)
was added
powdered sodium hydroxide (393 mg, 9.83 mmol) in three equal portions at 1
hour interval.
After each addition reaction mixture was allowed to come to room temperature.
Before last
addition of sodium hydroxide, acetone (2 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture. The
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours and concentrated
in vacuo.
The residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 1 with aqueous HC1 and
extracted
with diethyl ether (3x5 mL). The organic layers were pooled, dried (Na2SO4)
and filtered.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude that
was purified
by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (40mm X
100mm,
7um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous
TFA over
12min (15min run time) at a flow rate of 70mL/min. to provide the title
compound as a pale
yellow solid (158 mg, 76%).
Example 25B
E-4- [2-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid
To a solution of the product of Example 25A (20.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) and TBTU (48
mg,
0.15 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.3
mmol)
followed by the product of Example 7B (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) and stirred at room
temperature
for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was
purified by
reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mm,
7um
particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA
over 8min
(10min run time) at a flow rate of 40mL/min. and hydrolyzed as described in
step B of
Example 1D to provide the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm
12.03-
12.14 (bs, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 7.30 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (t, J= 7.79 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d,
J= 7.44 Hz, 1H),
6.68 (d, J= 8.14 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.88 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.95-
1.97 (m, 2H),
1.83-1.88 (m, 5H), 1.76-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.73 (m, 211), 1.41-1.48 (m, 2H),
1.43 (s, 6H).
62

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
MS (ESI+) m/z 386 (M+H)+.
Example 26
tert-Butyl 4-(2- {RE)-5-(aminocarbony1)-2-adamantyllaminol -1,1-dimethy1-2-
oxoethoxy)phenylcarbamate
Example 26A
Example 26A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 25A,
substituting (4-hydroxy-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester for 2,3-
dimethylphenol.
Example 26B
Example 26B was prepared using the procedure as described in Example 25B,
substituting the product of Example 26A for the product of Example 25A.
Example 26C
tert-Butyl 4-(2- {f (E)-5-(aminocarbony1)-2-adamantyll amino} -1,1-dimethy1-2-
oxoethoxy)phenylcarbamate
The title compound was prepared using the procedure as described in Example
1E,
substituting the product of Example 26B for the product of Example 1D. 1H NMR
(400
MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 9.18-9.20 (bs, III), 7.34 (d, J= 8.50 Hz, 211), 7.28 (d,
J= 7.37 Hz,
1H), 6.96-6.98 (bs, 111), 6.84 (d, J= 8.77 Hz, 2H), 6.68-6.70 (bs, 111), 3.81-
3.87 (m, 1H),
1.92-1.95 (m, 211), 1.80-1.89 (m, 5H), 1.68-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.39-
1.46 (m, 2H),
1.39 (s, 611). MS (BSI+) miz 472 (M+H)+.
Example 27
E-N[4-(Aminocarbonyl)benzy1)-4- {[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
lE
substituting the product of Example 24 for the product of Example 1D. 111NMR
(400 MHz,
DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 8.03-8.08 (m,111), 7.86-7.88 (bs, 1H), 7.80 (d, J= 8.09 Hz,
211), 7.32-7.35
211), 7.26-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.29 (d, J=
5.87 Hz, 2H),
3.83-3.89 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.96 (m, 7H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.72 (m, 211),
1.46 (s, 6H),
63

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
1.37-1.42 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 524 (M+H)+.
Example 28
E-N44-(Aminocarbony1)methy11-4- [2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxamide
Example 28A
Example 28A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 24,
substituting glycine methyl ester hydrochloride for 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid
methyl ester
hydrochloride.
Example 28B
E-N-f 4-(Aminocarbonyl)methyll -4- { [2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylprop anoyl] amino} adamantane-l-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared using the procedure as described in Example
1E,
substituting the product of Example 28A for the product of Example 1D. 1H NMR
(400
MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.49-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J= 7.21 Hz,
111),
7.08-7.11 (bs, 1.14), 6.93-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 1H),
3.58 (d, J=
5.68 Hz, 211), 1.92-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.90 (in, 5H), 1.74-1.76 (m, 214), 1.65-
1.71 (in, 2H),
1.46 (s, 611), 1.36-1.41 (in, 214). MS (ESI+) m/z 448 (M-FH)+.
Example 29
3-( {[((E)-4- 1[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylprop ano_yll amino} -1-
adamantyl)carbonyliaminolmethyl)benzoic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
24,
substituting 3-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride for 4-
aminomethyl-
benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride. 114 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm
12.81-12.91
(m, 114), 8.06-8.12 (in, 114), 7.77-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.35
(m, 2H), 7.30-
7.32 (in, Hi), 6.91-6.93 (in, 2H), 4.30 (d, J= 5.89 Hz, 214), 3.83-3.88 (m,
111), 1.93-1.96 (m,
2H), 1.82-1.90 (m, 511), 1.77-1.79 (in, 2H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H),
1.37-1.42 (m,
214). MS (ESI+) m/z 525 (M+H)+.
64

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 30
E-4-(12-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy1-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
carboxamide
Example 30A
2-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yloxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
Step A
To a stirred and cooled (0 C) solution of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionic acid
methyl
ester (2.6 mL, 22.70 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-fluoro-pyridine (3.32 g, 18.92 mmol)
in THF (26
mL) and DMPU (13 mL) was added portionwise NaH (1g, 60% in oil, 24.59 mmol).
After
the addition, the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred
overnight.
Saturated NH4C1 was then added to quench the reaction and Et20 was used to
partition the
mixture. The organic phase was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, and
filtered.
After concentration, the residue was purified over silica gel using 20% Et0Ac
/ hexane and
concentrated to give a clear oil.
Step B
The product of Step A (1.56 g, 5.71 mmol) was dissolved in THF (30 mL) and
KOTMS (1.1 g, 8.57 mmol) was added in one portion. The resulting solution was
stirred at
room temperature overnight. Et20 (30 mL) and water (40 mL) were added to the
reaction to
partition the mixture. The phases were separated, and the aqueous phase was
acidified using
10% NaHSO4 solution and extracted with Et0Ac. The combined organic phases were
dried
over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as a white
solid.
Example 30B
E-4-( {2-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-ypoxy]-2-methylpropanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
Step A
HATU (2.46 g, 6.48 mmol) was added in one portion to a solution of the product
of
Step B of Example 30A (1.40 g, 5.40 mmol), the product of Example 7B (1.45 g,
5.95
mmol), and DIPEA (2.82 mL, 16.2 mmol) in dry CH2C12 (20 mL). The resulting
solution was
allowed to stir at room temperature overnight before it was diluted with
CH2C12 and washed
with aqueous NaHSO4 solution, 1 M NaOH, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. The
residue
was purified over silica gel using 30% Et0Ac / hexanes and concentrated to
give an oil.

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Step B
To the product of Step A (2.27 g, 5.04 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added KOTMS
(1.42 g, 11.08 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at room
temperature overnight
before it was diluted with Et20 and water. The phases were separated and the
aqueous phase
was acidified with NaHSO4 solution and extracted with Et0Ac. The combined
organic
phases were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a white solid.
Step C
EDCI (1.40 g, 7.25 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of Step B
(2.17 g,
4.84 mmol), HOBt (1.17 g, 8.71 mmol), DIPEA (2.5 mL, 14.4 mmol) in dry CH2C12
(20 mL).
The resulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 hr before
NH3 solution
was added (12 mL, 2M in iPrOH). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25 C,
diluted with
CH2C12 and washed with NaHSO4 solution, 1M NaOH, brine, dried (Na2SO4) and
evaporated. The residue was purified over silica gel using 5% Me0H / CH2C12 to
give the
title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 8.11 (d, J=
2.52 Hz,
111), 7.82 (dd, J= 8.74, 2.60 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 8.74 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.92 (m,
111), 1.91-1.99
(m, 611), 1.83 (s, 311), 1.66 (s, 611), 1.41-1.62 (m, 411). MS (ESI+) trilz
436 (M+H)+.
Example 31
E-4- { [2-(2-Cyanophenoxy)-2-methy1prop anoyl] amino) adamantane-l-carboxamide

Example 31A
Example 31A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 25A,
substituting 2-hydroxy-benzonitrile for 2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 31B
Example 31B was prepared using the procedure as described in Example 25B,
substituting the product of Example 31A for the product of Example 25A.
Example 31C
E-4- { [2-(2-Cyanophenoxv)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino ladamantane-l-carb
oxamide
The title compoun. d was prepared using the procedure as described in Example
1E,
substituting the product of Example 31B for the product of Example 1D. 1H NMR
(500
66

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.78 (dd, J= 7.68, 1.75 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (ddd, J= 8.54, 7.48,
1.68 Hz,
1H), 7.49 (d, J= 6.94 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (td, J= 7.58, 0.87 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=
8.53 Hz, 111),
6.98-6.99 (bs, 1H), 6.71-6.72 (bs, 1H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 111), 1.94-1.96 (m, 2H),
1.75-1.88 (m,
711), 1.71-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.35-1.39 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 382
(M+H)+.
Example 32
E-4- f[2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyljaminof adamantane-l-carboxamide
Example 32 A
Example 32A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 25A,
substituting 4-benzyloxy-phenol for 2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 32B
Example 32B was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 25B,
substituting the product of Example 32A for the product of Example 25A.
Example 32C
Example 32C was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 1E,
substituting the product of Example 32B for the product of Example 1D.
Example 32D
E-4- 1[2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino adamantane-l-carboxamide

The product of Example 32C (62 mg, 0.13 mmol) was debenzylated using 20%
Pd(OH)21C (63 mg) and methanol (2mL) at 60 psi at room temperature for 20
hours. The
reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to
provide the crude
product that was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters
Symmetry C8
column (25mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100%
acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8min (10min run time) at a flow rate of
40mL/min. to
provide title compound as a white solid. 1H NAIR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 Ppm 9.12
(s, 1H),
7.28 (d, J= 7.49 Hz, 111), 6.96-6.99 (bs, 111), 6.77-6.79 (m, 211), 6.69-6.71
(bs, 1H), 6.63-
6.69 (m, 211), 3.81-3.87 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.89 (m, 5H), 1.69-
1.76 (m, 411),
1.42-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 611). MS (ESI+) m/z 373 (M+H)+.
67

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 33
((E)-4- f[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpron anoyl] amino} -1-adamantyl) acetic
acid
Example 33A
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide
To a cold (-30 C) solution of the methyl ester of Example 7C (870 mg, 2.15
mmol) in
THF (3.0 mL) was added 1N LAH in THF solution (3.22 ml, 3.22 mmol) slowly
under N2
flow. The reaction mixture was stirred from -30 C to 0 C for 3 hours. It was
quenched with
water carefully, acidified with 1N HC1 and extracted with DCM 3 times. The
combined
organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced
pressure and the
residue purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate / 70% hexane
to provide the
title compound (690 mg, 85%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 9.32 - 9.39 (m, 1
H),
7.17 - 7.29 (m, 2 H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 6.81 - 6.91 (m, 2 H), 3.99 - 4.12 (m, 1
H), 1.44 - 2.15 (m,
21 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 378 (M+H)+.
Example 33B
E-442-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylaminoi-adamantane-l-carbaldehyde
To a solution of the product of Example 33A (990 mg, 2.63 mmol) in DCE (8.0
mL)
were added NMO (461 mg, 3.94 mmol), TPAP (46 mg, 0.13 mmol) and molecular
sieves at
room temperature under N2 flow. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at
room
temperature. It was filtered through Celite and washed with DCM 3 times. The
combined
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash
chromatography with
30% ethyl acetate / 70% hexane to provide the title compound (740 mg, 75%). 1H
NMER (300
MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 9.36 (m, 1 H), 7.20 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 6.95 - 7.05 (m, 1 H),
6.82 - 6.91 (in,
2 H), 4.00 - 4.10 (m, 1 H), 1.48 - 2.13 (m, 19 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 376 (M+H)+.
Example 33C
E-4- 2- 4-Chloro henox -2-ngth ro ion lamino -ay_p_...mantan-1- 1 -
acetonitrile
To a cold (0 C) solution of the product of Example 33B (375 mg, 1 mmol) in DME
(5.0 mL) / Et0H (0.15 ml) was added TosMIC (254 mg, 1.3 mmol) and t-BuOK (281
mg, 2.5
mmol) under N2 flow. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for
2 hrs, then
68

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
heated to 35-40 C for 30 minutes. It was filtered through A1203 plug after it
was cool down
to room temperature and washed with DME (3 X). The combined filtrate was
concentrated
under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl
acetate/ 70%
hexane to provide the title compound (200 mg, 52%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8
ppm
7.19 - 7.29 (m, 2 H), 6.91 - 7.01 (m, 1 H), 6.81 - 6.90 (m, 2 H), 3.96 - 4.05
(m, 1 H), 2.14 (s,
2 H), 1.94 -2.08 (m, 3 H), 1.47 - 1.75 (m, 15 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 387 (M+H)+.
Example 33D
((E)-4-112-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyliamino}-1-adamantyl)acetic acid
To a solution of the product of Example 33C (40 mg, 0.1 mmol) in ethylene
glycol
(0.5 ml) was added 25% KOH solution (0.2 ml). The reaction mixture was heated
to 150 C
overnight and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase
preparative HPLC on
a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a gradient
of 10%
to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8min (10min run time) at a flow
rate of
40mL/min. to provide the title compound (19 mg, 45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13)
5 ppm
7.19 - 7.25 (in, 2 H), 6.96 - 7.02 (in, 1 H), 6.82 - 6.90 (m, 2H), 3.98 - 4.07
(in, 1 H), 2.11 -
2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.88 - 2.03 (m, 3 H), 1.47 - 1.85 (m, 16 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 406
(M+H)+.
Example 34
N-[(E)-5-(2-Amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-adamanty1]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide
To a solution of the product of Example 33C (22 mg, 0.057 mmol) in Me0H (0.15
ml) / DMSO (0.005 ml) were added 30% H202 (0.011 ml) and 0.2 M NaOH (0.006
ml). The
reaction mixture was heated to 50 C overnight and concentrated. The residue
was purified by
reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mrn,
7um
particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA
over 8min
(10min run time) at a flow rate of 40mL/min. to provide the title compound (13
mg, 56%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.21 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 6.94 - 7.04 (m, 1 H), 6.84
- 6.91 (m,
2 H), 5.62 - 5.72 (in, 1 H), 5.35 - 5.43 (in, 1 H), 3.97 - 4.06 (m, 1 H), 1.89
- 2.05 (m, 5 H),
1.48 - 1.80 (m, 18 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 405 (M+H)+.
Example 35
2_44-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N4CE)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-ylmethyl)-2-
69

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
adamantyllpropanamide
To a solution of the product of Example 33C (65 mg, 0.168 mmol) in water (0.2
ml) /
isopropanol (0.1 ml) were added NaN3 (22 mg, 0.337 mmol) and ZnBr2 (19 mg,
0.084
mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 150 C in a sealed tube for two days
and
concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a
Waters
Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a gradient of 10%
to 100%
acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8min (10min run time) at a flow rate of
40mL/min. to
provide the title compound (43 mg, 45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 7.34 -
7.43
(in, 1 H), 7.23 - 7.31 (in, 2 H), 6.89 - 6.96 (m, 2 H), 3.84 - 3.92 (m, 1 H),
2.75 (s, 2 H), 1.86 -
2.02 (in, 3 H), 1.43 - 1.74 (m, 16 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 430 (M+H)+.
Example 36
N- {(E)-5-[(Aminosulfonyl)methy1]-2-adamantyl} -2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide
Example 36A
N- {(E)-5-[(Thioacetyl)methy1]-2-adamantyl} -2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide
To a 0 C solution of the product of Example 33A (0.71 g, 1.88 mmol) in CH2C12
(5.0
mL) and pyridine (0.46 mL, 5.64 mmol) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic
anhydride (0.35
mL, 2.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of N2 for
30 mm at
0 C. The crude products were diluted with Et0Ac, washed with water and brine,
dried over
Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was
dissolved in
DMF (5.0 mL), treated with potassium thioacetate (0.43 g, 3.76 mmol), and
heated to 70 C
overnight. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with Et0Ac, washed with
water (3x) and
brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude
product was
purified by silica gel chromatography employing a solvent gradient (hexane-
4,60:40
hexane:Et0Ac) to yield the title compound(0.74 g, 90%) as a white solid. 1H
NMR (300
MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.23 (d, J= 8.82 Hz, 2 H), 6.95 (in, 1 H), 6.86 (d, J--8.82
Hz, 2 H), 3.98
(m, 1 H), 2.76 (s, 2 H), 2.35 (s, 3 H), 1.89 - 1.97 (in, 3 H) 1.45-1.68 (m, 10
H), 1.50 (s, 6H).
MS (ESI+) m/z 436 (M+H)+.
Example 36B

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
N-{(E)-5-[(Sulfonic acid)methy11-2-adamanty1}-2-(4-chlorophenox_y)-2-
methy1propanamide
To a solution of the product of Example 36A (0.74 g, 1.70 mmol) and Na0Ac
(0.1392
g, 1.70 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL) was added 30% hydrogen peroxide in water
(1.6 mL,
15.3 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight
and excess
peroxide quenched by adding dimethylsulfide (1.9 mL, 25.5 mmol) and stirring
for 2 h. The
reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude
product as a
white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.22 (d, J= 8.85 Hz, 2 H), 7.07 (d,
J= 7.94
Hz, 1 H), 6.86 (d, =8.85 Hz, 2 H), 3.95 (m, 1 H), 2.80 (s, 2 H), 1.51 -2.17
(m, 13 H) 1.46 (s,
6H). MS (ESI+) miz 442 (M+H)+.
Example 36C
N- {(E)-5-[(Aminosulfonyl)methy11-2-adamantyl} -244-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide
To a solution of the product of Example 36B (55.8 mg, 0.126 mmol) in DCM (1.2
mL) and DMIF (1 drop) was added triphosgene (27.4 mg, 0.0922 mmol) and
triethylamine
(0.018 mL, 0.126 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for
2 hours and ammonia (0.5 M in dioxane, 2.5 mL, 1.26 mmol) was added. After
stirring for 2
h at room temperature the reaction was quenched with water and extracted with
Et0Ac. The
organic layer was then rinsed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and
concentrated in
vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC using
acetonitrile:10mM NH40Ac on YMC Guardpak column to provide the title compound
(20
mg, 36%) as a white solid. 111 NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.24 (d, J= 8.9 Hz,
2 H),
6.98 (d, J=.8.28 Hz, 1 H), 6.86 (d, ./=8.9 Hz, 2 H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.04 (m, 1
H), 3.04 (s, 2H),
1.87-2.04 (m, 8 H), 1.54-1.66 (m, 5 H), 1.50 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 441
(M+H)+.
Example 37
N-{(E)-5-1(Z)-Amino(hydroxyimino)methyl]-2-adamantylf -2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide
Example 37A
(5-Carbamoyl-adamantan-2-y1)-carbamic acid benzyl ester
Step A
71

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
CbzCl (3.48 mL, 24.72 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred and cooled (0 C)
solution of the product of Example 7B (5.05 g, 20.60 mmol) and DIPEA (7.9 mL,
45.32
mmol) in dry CH2C12 (100 mL). After the addition, the solution was allowed to
warm to
room temperature and stirred for another 2 hrs. Saturated NaHCO3 solution was
added to
quench the reaction and the phases were separated. The organic phase was
washed with
NaHSO4 solution, NaHCO3 solution, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated.
The residue
was purified over silica gel using 20% Et0Ac in hexanes and concentrated.
Step B
The product of step A (6.49 g, 18.91 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (90 mL)
and
KOTMS (4.85 g, 37.82 mmol) was added at room temperature. The resulting
solution was
stirred overnight before water (100 mL) and Et20 (100 mL) were added and the
phases were
separated. The aqueous phase was acidified using solid NaHSO4 until pH 1 was
reached.
The aqueous phase was then extracted using Et0Ac. The combined organic extract
was dried
(MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated.
Step C
The product of Step B (18.91 mmol) was dissolved in dry CH2C12 (60 mL) and
DIPEA (10 mL, 56.7 mmol), HOBt (5.1 g, 37.82 mmol), and EDCI (5.4 g, 28.36
mmol) were
added to the solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h before NH3
(30 mL, 2 M in
iPrOH, 56.7 mmol) was added. After 1 h of stirring at 25 C, the solution was
diluted with
CH2C12 (200 mL) and washed with NaHSO4 solution, 1 M NaOH, water, dried
(Na2SO4) and
filtered. The residue was purified over silica gel using 5% Me0H in CH2C12 to
provide the
title compound as a solid.
Example 37B
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carbonitrile
Step A
The product of Step C of Example 37A, 18.91 mmol) was dissolved in dry CH2C12
(60 mL) and Et3N (10.5 mL, 75.64 mmol). TFAA (7.9 mL, 56.73 mmol) was added
dropwise to the solution at 0 C. After the addition, the solution was allowed
to warm to room
temperature and stirred for 3 hours before Me0H was added to quench the
reaction. The
solution was washed with NaHSO4 solution, NaHCO3 solution, dried (Na2SO4),
filtered and
concentrated. The residue was purified over silica gel using 30% Et0Ac in
hexanes and
72

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
concentrated to yield an oil.
Step B
Pd(OH)2 / C (0.9 g) was added to a solution of the product of Step A (3.22 g,
10.38
mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature under 112 (balloon) until
starting
material was consumed. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and
concentrated in
vacuo to provide the title compound as a solid.
Example 37C
2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(N-hydroxycarbamimidoy1)-adamantan-2-y1]-2-
methyl-
propionamide
Step A
HATU (0.64 g, 1.67 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of 2-
(4-
chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid (0.3 g, 1.50 mmol) and the product of
Step B of
Example 37B (0.27 g, 1.53 mmol), and DIPEA (0.73 mL, 4:2 mmol) in dry DMF (7
mL).
The reaction was allowed to stir for 5 hours before it was diluted with CH2C12
and washed
with NaHSO4 solution, 1M NaOH, brine, and dried (Na2SO4), and evaporated. The
residue
was purified over silica gel using 20% Et0Ac / hexanes and concentrated to
yield a white
solid.
Step B
To the product of Step A (87 mg, 0.209 mmol) was added NH3OHC1 (87 mg, 1.25
mmol), DIPEA (0.29 mL, 1.67 mmol) and dry DMSO (1 mL). The resulting solution
was
heated at 80 C for 8 hrs. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was
purified on HPLC
using CH3CN / water 1% TFA as eluent to provide the title compound as an oil.
1H NMR
(300 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 7.49-7.54 (m, 111), 7.26-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.96 (m,
211), 3.97-
4.03 (m, 111), 2.10-2.15 (m, 211), 1.98-2.08 (m, 5H), 1.92-1.94 (m, 211), 1.76-
1.83 (m, 211),
1.57-1.64 (m, 214), 1.53 (s, 6H). MS (BSI+) m/z 406.1(M+H)+.
Example 38
E-N[4-(Aminosulfonyl)benzy1]-4- {1-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanoyl] amino} adamantane- 1 -carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
24,
substituting 4-aminomethyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride for 4-aminomethyl-
benzoic
73

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
acid methyl ester hydrochloride. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 8.10-8.15 (m,
1H),
7.75 (d, J= 8.08 Hz, 211), 7.37 (d, J= 8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.35 (m,.3H), 7.29-
7.29 (bs, 2H),
6.91-6.93 (m, 211), 4.30 (d, J= 5.87 Hz, 2H), 3.84-3.88 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.95 (m,
2H), 1.82-
1.92 (m, 511), 1.76-1.78 (m, 211), 1.67-1.71 (m, 211), 1.46 (s, 611), 1.37-
1.41 (m, 211). MS
(ESI+) m/z 560 (M+H)+.
Example 39
E-4- {1-2-(4-Chloronhenoxy)-2-methylprop anoyl] amino} -N-(4-
{[(methylsulfonyl)amino]carbonyllbenzyl)adamantane-1-carboxamide
To a solution of the product of Example 24 (26 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (1 mL)
were
added DMAP (7 mg, 0.055 mmol), EDCI (12 mg, 0.06 mmol) and methylsulfonamide
(7 mg,
0.075 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72
hours,
concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by reverse phase
preparative HPLC on a
Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a gradient
of 10%
to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8min (10min run time) at a flow
rate of
40mL/min. to provide the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 12.01-

12.05 (bs, 111), 8.11 (t, J= 6.06 Hz, 111), 7.87 (d, J= 8.19 Hz, 211), 7.30-
7.37 (m, 5H), 6.91-
6.93 (m, 211), 4.31 (d, J= 5.89 Hz, 211), 3.83-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.36 (s, 311),
1.82-1.96 (m, 711),
1.77-1.79 (m, 211), 1.67-1.72 (m, 211), 1.47 (s, 611), 1.37-1.42 (m, 211). MS
(ESI+) m/z 602
(M+H)+.
Example 40
E-4-({2-[(4-Ch1orophenyl)thiol-2-methylpropanoy1lamino)adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid
Example 40A
Example 40A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 25A,
substituting 4-chloro-benzenethiol for 2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 40B
E-4-({24(4-Chlorophenypthio1-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example

25B, substituting the product of Example 40A for the product of Example 25A.
111 NMR
74

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
(400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.42-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.21 (m,
1H), 3.72-
3.78 (m, IH), 1.91-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.92 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.44
(s, 8H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 408 (M+H)+.
Example 41
E-4-( 12-[(4-Methoxypheny1)thio]-2-methylpropanoy1l amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
amide
Example 41A
E-4-(2-Bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
A solution of the product of Example 1B (0.78 g, 2.48 mmol) in 99% formic acid
(2.5
mL) was added dropwise with vigorous gas evolution over 10 minutes to a
rapidly stirred
30% oleum solution (7.5 mL) heated to 60 C (W. J. le Noble, S. Srivastava, C.
K. Cheung, J.
Org. Chem. 48: 1099-1101, 1983). Upon completion of addition, more 99% formic
acid (2.5
mL) was slowly added over the next 10 minutes. The mixture was stirred for
another 60
minutes at 60 C and then slowly poured into vigorously stirred iced water
(30.0 mL) cooled
to 0 C. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to 23 C, filtered and washed
with water to
neutral pH (100 mL). The precipitate was dried in a vacuum oven overnight to
provide the
title compound.
Example 41B
E-4-(2-Bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid amide
A solution of the product of Example 41A (250 mg, 0.670 mmol) in DCM (30 mL)
was treated with HOBt (109 mg, 0.80 mmol) and EDCI (154 mg, 0.80 mmol) and
stirred at
room temperature for 3 hour. Excess of aqueous (30%) ammonia (20 mL) was added
and the
reaction was stirred for additional 20 hours. The layers were separated and
the aqueous layer
extracted twice more with methylene chloride (2x40 mL). The combined organic
extracts
were washed with water (3x20 mL) and brine (20mL); dried (MgSO4) and filtered.
The
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude title
compound that was
purified by normal phase column chromatography (silica gel, 5% methanol in
DCM) to
afford the title compound. MS (ESI+) in/z 343 (M+H)+.

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 41C
E-4-{2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfany1)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-
carboxylic
acid amide
A solution of 4-methoxy-benzenethiol (44 mg, 0.31 mmol) and sodium hydride
(60%,
15.0 mg, 0.37 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1
hour. The
product of Example 41B (106.0 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added to the solution and the
resulting
mixture was stirred at 100 C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and
filtered. The
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude product that
was purified
by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X
100mm,
7um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous
TFA over
8min (10min run time) at a flow rate of 40mL/min. to afford the title
compound. 111NMR
(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.33-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J= 7.18 Hz, 1H), 6.99-
7.01 (s, 111),
6.93-6.95 (in, 2H), 6.72-6.74 (s, 1H), 3.75-3.79 (m, 111), 3.77 (s, 3H), 1.79-
1.95 (m, 9H),
1.75-1.77 (in, 211), 1.44-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) in/z 403
(M+H)+.
Example 42
E-4-( {2[{4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfiny1]-2-methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
A solution of the product of Example 41C (53 mg, 0.087 mmol) in methanol (5
mL)
was treated with OXONE (80 mg, 0.130 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for
7 hours.
The reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure to
provide crude title compound that was subsequently purified by reverse phase
preparative
HPLC on YMC Guardpak column using a gradient of 0% to 70% acetonitrile:0.1%
aqueous
TFA over 8min (10min run time) at a flow rate of 40mL/min. to afford the title
compound.
111 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.49-7.52 (in, 211), 7.32 (d, J= 6.93 Hz,
111), 7.09-
7.12 (in, 211), 6.96-6.99 (s, 111), 6.68-6.71 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 311), 3.75-
3.81 (m, 111), 1.89-1.92
311), 1.73-1.86 (m, 8H), 1.42-1.51 (m, 211), 1.34 (s, 311), 1.25 (s, 311). MS
(ESI+) rn/z
419 (M+H)+.
Example 43
E-4-({2-{(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfonyli-2-methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-carb
ox amide
A solution of the product of Example 41C (53 mg, 0.087 mmol) in methanol (5
mL)
was treated with OXONE (80 mg, 0.130 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for
24 hour.
76

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
The reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure to
provide crude title compound that was subsequently purified by reverse phase
preparative
HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25mm X 100mm, 7um particle size) using a
gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8min (10min run
time) at a
flow rate of 40mL/min. to afford the title compound. 111 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
d6) 8 PPm
7.72 (d, J= 8.65 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.99 (s, 1H), 6.70-6.72 (s,
1H), 3.88 (s,
3H), 3.77-3.83 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 6H), 1.76-1.78 (m,
2H), 1.49-1.54
(m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 6H). MS (EST+) m/z 435 (M+H)+.
Example 44
E-4-({244-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-
methylpropanoyll amino)adamantane-l-carboxamide
Example 44A
2-Hydroxy-5-chlorobenzene sulfonyl chloride
4-Chlorophenol (4 g, 31.25 mmol) was added in portions to chlorosulfonic acid
(10.3
mL, 156 mmol) while cooling in an ice bath. The resulting solution was stirred
at 25 C for
hrs. This was then added drop-wise to ice and water resulting in an emulsion.
This was
extracted with CHC13, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Heptane was
added and
20 evaporated and replaced with cyclohexane. The resulting mixture was
filtered and
concentrated to give the title compound as an oil (2.16 g).
Example 44B
2-Hydroxy-5-chlorobenzene sulfonyl pynolidine
To a solution of the product of Example 44A (2.16 g, 9.51 mmol) in CHC13 (8
mL)
was added, with ice cooling, pyrrolidine (4.05 g, 57.04 mmol). The mixture was
stirred at
25 C for 2 hrs, then concentrated in vacua. The residue was dissolved in
toluene, washed
with HC1 and water, dried (Na2504) and concentrated. The resulting oil was
crystallized
from hexane and chromatographed (CH2C12) to yield the title compound (1.92 g),
m.p.101-
102 C.
Example 44C
77

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
244-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidine-1-sulfony1)-phenoxy]-2-methyl-propionic acid
The product of Example 44B (1.0 g, 3.82 mmol) and 1,1,1-trichloro-2-methyl-2-
propanol hydrate (1.832 g, 10.32 mmol) were dissolved in acetone (8.5 mL).
Powdered
NaOH (0.47 g. 11.75 mmol) was added with cooling. The resulting mixture was
stirred for
1.5 hr at 25 C. A second batch of powdered NaOH (0.47 g) was added and stirred
for
another 1.5 hrs. The last batch of powdered NaOH (0.47 g) was then added along
with
acetone (2.5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 hrs at 25 C.
Acetone was added
and the solution was filtered. The resulting solution was concentrated. Water
(3 mL) was
added and concentrated HC1 was added to acidify the mixture, which was
extracted with
toluene, dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica
gel. Eluting
with CH2C12 gave 380 mg recovered starting material. Changing to 5% Me0H in
ethyl
acetate gave the title compound (357 mg, 27% yield).
Example 44D
E-4-( {244-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-
methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-carboxamide
The product of Example 7B (75 mg, 0.305 mmol), the product of Example 44C (116

mg, 0.335 mmol), and TBTU (108 mg, 0.336 rnmol) were suspended in
dimethylacetamide '
(0.5 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (135 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added and the
resulting solution
stirred at 25 C for 15 hrs. Toluene was added, and concentrated. More toluene
was added,
and washed with dil H3PO4, H20, and then KHCO3. The organic phase was dried
(Na2SO4),
and filtered. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue crystallized
from ether and
heptane to yield the title compound (133 mg), m.p. 152-154 C.
Example 44E
E-4- {244-Chloro-2-(pyrro1idine- 1 -sulfony1)-phenoxy]-2-methyl-propionylamino
} -
adamantane-l-carboxylic acid
A solution of the product of Example 44D (125 mg, 0.231 mmol) in Me0H (0.75
mL)
was treated with NaOH (100 mg) in water (0.5 mL). The mixture was heated until
all was
soluble and stirred at 60 C for 1 hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and
the residue
acidified with HC1, extracted with CHC13, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and
concentrated. The
residue was crystallized from ether to yield the title compound (92 mg, 77%
yield), m.p. 226-
78

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
228 C.
Example 44F
E-4-( {244-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-l-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-
methylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-carboxamide
The product of Example 44E (76 mg, 0.145 mmol), TBTU (52 mg, 0.162 mmol), and
diisopropylethylamine (40 mg, 0.31 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-
dimethylacetamide (0.3
mL). After 25 min. at 25 C, a solution of 10% ammonia in THF was added. A
solid formed
and the mixture was stirred for3 hrs at 25 C. Toluene was added and the
mixture
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CHC13 and washed with dil
H3PO4,
H20, and KHCO3; dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The
residue was
crystallized from ether to yield the title compound (64 mg, m.p. 249-252 C).
1H NMR
(400MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.85 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J= 2, 9 Hz, 1H), 7.25
(d, J=- 8 Hz,
111), 7.05 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (br s 1H), 5.40 (hr s, 1H), 3.96 (d, J= 8
Hz, 111), 3.38-3.46
(m, 4H), 1.81-2.03, (m, 9H), 1.86-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.76 (s, 6H), 1.63 (d, J= 12
Hz, 2H), 1.44 (d,
J= 12 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 524, 526 (M+H)+.
Example 45
E-4-(12-Methy1-244-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy1propanoyll amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
Example 45A
Example 45A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44C,
substituting 4-(methanesulfony1)-phenol for the product of Example 44B.
Example 45B
Example 45B was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44D,
substituting the product of Example 45A for the product of Example 44C.
Example 45C
Example 45C was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44E,
substituting the product of Example 45B for the product of Example 44D.
79

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 45D
E-4-(12-Methyl-2[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example

44F, substituting the product of Example 45C for the product of Example 44E.
The product
had m.p. 217-219 C. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.85 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 7.05
(d, J-
8 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (d, J= 7 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (br s, 11I), 5.49 (br s 1H), 4.06 (d,
J= 7 Hz, 1H), 3.05
(s, 3H), 1.86-2.10 (m, 9H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.52 (s, 4H). MS (ESI+) m/z 435
(M+H)+.
Example 46
E-4-({2-Methy1-242-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxylpropanoyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
Example 46A
2-Methyl-2-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenoxy)-propionic acid, ethyl ester
2-Methylsulfanyl-phenol (2.00 g, 14.29 mmol), 2-bromo-2-methyl-propionic acid,
ethyl ester (28 g, 142 .8 mmol) and powdered K2CO3 (4.93 g, 35.7 mmol) were
mixed (no
solvent) and stirred at 105 C for 8 hrs. After cooling, water and CHC13 were
added. The
CHC13 was separated, dried (Mg504) and concentrated. Xylene was added and
concentrated
in vacuo (4 times) to remove the bromo ester. The resulting oil was
chromatographed on
silica, eluting with CH2C12 to obtain the title compound (2.30 g, 63% yield).
Example 46B
2-Methyl-2-(2-methanesulfonyl-phenoxy)-propionic acid, ethyl ester
To the product of Example 46A (1.00 g, 3.93 mmol) in CH2C12 (15 mL), was
added,
in portions, 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (3.00 g of 70%, 12.16 mmol) while
stirring and
cooling in a water bath. The mixture was stirred at 25 C for 20 hrs.
Chloroform was added
and the mixture was washed with KHCO3, Na25203, and again with KHCO3. The
solution
was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. Heptane was added and
concentrated to
obtain an oil that solidified (1.22 g, theory = 1.142 g).
Example 46C
2-Methyl-2-(2-methanesulfonyl-phenoxy)-propionic acid
The product of Example 46B (1.22 g) was dissolved in Me0H (8 mL) and treated

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
with 50% NaOH (1.75 g, 21.27 mmol) and water (6 mL). The mixture was heated
until all
was soluble and stirred at 25 C for 1 hr. The solvents were removed in vacuo,
water (6 mL)
was added and the solution acidified with HC1. The mixture was extracted with
CHC13, dried
(Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was crystallized
from ether and
heptane (1:4) to yield the title compound (0.953 g), m.p. 114-116 C.
Example 46D
Example 46D was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44D
substituting the product of Example 46C for the product of Example 44C.
Example 46E
Example 46E was prepared according to the procedures outlined in Example 44E
substituting the product of Example 46D for the product of Example 44D.
Example 46F
E-4-( {2-Methy1-242-(methy1sulfony1)phenoxy]propanoy1} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
44F, substituting the product of Example 46E for the product of Example 44E.
111NMR (500
MHz, CDC13) 5 ppm 7.99 (dd, J= 7, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.16 (m, 2H),
5.60 (br s
1H), 5.40 (br s, 1H), 3.95 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.80-1.96 (m, 911),
1.55 (d, J=12
Hz, 211), 1.37 (d, J= 12 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 435 (M+11)+.
Example 47
E-4-[(2- {4-Chloro-2-Rdiethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxyl -2-
methylpropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide
Example 47A
Example 47A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44B,
substituting diethylamine for pynolidine.
Example 47B
81

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 47B was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44C,
substituting the product of Example 47A for the product of Example 44B.
Example 47C
Example 47C was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44D,
substituting the product of Example 47B for the product of Example 44C.
Example 47D
Example 47D was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44E,
substituting the product of Example 47C for the product of Example 44D.
Example 47E
E-4-[(2- {4-Chloro-2-Rdiethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxyl -2-
methylpropanoyl)aminoladamantane-l-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example

44F, substituting the product of Example 47D for the product of Example 44E.
The
compound had m.p. 159-161 C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.83 (d, J= 2 Hz,
111),
7.34 (dd, J= 2, 9 Hz, 111), 7.05 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1H), 5.58
(br s 111), 5.38
(br s, 1H), 3.95 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (q, J= 7 Hz, 4H), 1.81-1.98, (m, 9H),
1.75 (s, 611),
1.56 (d, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (d, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J= 7 Hz, 611). MS
(ESI+) m/z 526,
528 (M+H)+.
Example 48
E-4-( {2-Methyl-2[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxylpropanoyl}
amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
Example 48A
1-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfony1)-pyrrolidine
4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.00 g, 14.52 mmol) was slowly added to a
solution of pyrrolidine (5.15 g, 72.6 mmol) in CHC13 (15 mL) with stirring at
0 C. The
reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and then stirred
for 1 hour.
82

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
After that the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was
dissolved in
toluene and washed with aqueous H3PO4 solution, and then aqueous KHCO3
solution. The
organic phase was dried with Na2SO4, and filtered. The solvents were removed
in vacuo and
the residue crystallized from ether and heptane to provide the title compound
(3.21 g, m.p.
88-89 C).
Example 48B
1-(4-Hydroxy-benzenesulfony1)-pyrrolidine
The product of Example 48A (3.21 g, 13.3 mm.ol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (30
mL),
cooled to -78 C and treated with BBr3 (8.31 g, 3.26 mmol). The resulting dark
red solution
was stirred at 25 C for 4 min, then cooled to -78 C. Methanol (100 mL) was
added slowly.
The solution was concentrated in vacuo. Toluene was added to the crude and
concentrated
again. After adding more toluene, the solution was washed with water and
concentrated in .
vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether and extracted with NaOH (1.0 g) in
water (8 mL).
The aqueous layer was removed and stirred 15 minutes, then acidified with
concentrated HC1.
This mixture was extracted with toluene, dried (Na2SO4), filtered,
concentrated in vacuo and
the residue crystallized from ether and heptane (2:1) to provide the title
compound (1.063 g,
m.p. 122-125 C).
=
Example 48C
Example 48C was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44C,
substituting the product of Example 48B for the product of Example 44B.
Example 48D
Example 48D was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44D,
substituting the product of Example 48C for the product of Example 44C.
=
Example 48E
Example 48E was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44E,
substituting the product of Example 48D for the product of Example 44D.
Example 48F
83

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
E-4-( 2-Methyl-2[4-(pyrrolidin- 1 -ylsulfonyl)phenoxylpropanoyll
amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example

44F, substituting the product of Example 48E for the product of Example 44E.
The
compound had m.p. 206-209 C. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.76 (d, J= 8 Hz,
211),
7.02 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (hr s, 1H), 5.54 (hr s,
1H), 4.067 (d, J= 8
Hz, 111), 3.20-3.26 (m, 4H), 1.86-2.06 (m, 9H), 1.77-1.82 (m, 411), 1.61 (s,
6H), 1.51 (s, 4H).
MS (ESI+) nilz 490 (M+H)+.
Example 49
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanamide

Example 49A
2-(4-Fluoro-2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
4-Fluoro-2-chlorophenol (6.00g, 41.1 mmol) was reacted with 1,1,1-trichloro-2-
methy1-2-propanol hydrate (120 g, 12.70 mmol) as described in Example 44C to
provide the
title compound (6.075 g, 64% yield, m.p. 63-65 C).
Example 49B
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-hydroxy-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide
The product of Example lA (175 mg, 1.05 mmol), 2-(4-fluoro-2-ch1orophenoxy)-2-
methyl-propionic acid (232 mg, 1.00 mmol), and TBTU (353 mg, 1.1 mmol) were
dissolved
in N,N-dimethylacetamide. Di-isopropylethylamine (258 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added
and the
mixture was stirred for18 hrs at 25 C. After that the reaction mixture was
concentrated in
vacuo. The residue was dissolved in toluene and washed with aqueous H3PO4
solution, and
then aqueous KHCO3 solution. The organic phase was dried with Na2SO4, and
filtered. The
solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue crystallized from ether and
heptane to
provide the title compound (262 mg, m.p. 177-179 C). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8
ppm
7.47 (d, J= 8 Hz, 111), 7.18 (dd, J= 2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J= 5 Hz, 8 Hz,
111), 6.94 (m,
111), 4.07 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.21 (m, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=11 Hz, 211), 1.70-
1.84 (m, 611),
1.43-1.65 (in, 311), 1.53 (s, 611). MS (ESI+) ink 382, 384 (M+H)+.
84

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 50
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-y1)-2-
adamantyllpropanamide
Example 50A
Example 50A was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44D,
substituting the product of Example 49A for the product of Example 44C.
Example 50B
Example 50B was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 44E,
substituting the product of Example 50A for the product of Example 44D.
Example 50C
E-442-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-l-
carbonitrile
Step A
E-442-(2-Chloro-4-fluoro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid amide was prepared according to the procedure outlined in
Example 44F,
substituting the product of Example 50B for the product of Example 44E.
Step B
The solution of the product of Step A (207 mg, 0.506 mmol) in dioxane (0.5 mL)
and
pyridine (100 mg) was treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride (167 mg, 0.795
mmol). The
mixture was stirred 5 hr at 25 C and concentrated in vacuo after adding
toluene. More
toluene was added and the solution was washed with dilute H3PO4, water, and
aqueous
KHCO3 solution respectively. After drying with Na2504, the solution was
filtered,
concentrated in vacuo and the residue crystallized from ether and heptane to
yield the title
compound (115 mg, m.p. 159-160 C).
Example 50D
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-L(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-y1)-2-
adamantyllpropanamide
A solution of the product of step B of Example 50C (50 mg, 0.128 mmol),
trimethyltin chloride (31 mg, 0.153 mmol) and NaN3 (10 mg, 0.153 mmol) in
toluene (0.3

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
mL) was stirred and heated for 64 hrs in a sealed vial at 120 C. The mixture
was cooled and
4N HC1 in dioxane (1 mL) was added. After stirring 90 min at 25 C the solution
was
concentrated in vacuo. Water and HC1 were added and the mixture was extracted
with
CHC13, dried with Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and treated with ether to
provide the title
compound (33 mg, m.p. 256-257 C). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.52 (d, J=
8
Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 8 Hz 1H), 1.98-2.12 (m, 9H), 1.90 (d,
J= 13 Hz,
2H), 1.60 (d, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 434, 435 (M+H)+.
Example 51
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-RE)-5-(methylthio)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide
A solution of the product of Example 49B (150 mg, 0.392 mmol) in CF3COOH (750
mg) was treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride (375 mg, 1.78 mmol) for 5 min.
Then,
CF3COOH (1.68 g, 14.9 mmol) and NaSCH3 (549 mg, 7.8 mmols) were added to the 7
mL
sealed tube. This mixture was heated at 120 C for 20 hrs. After cooling,
toluene was added,
and the mixture concentrated in vacuo. More toluene was added and this was
shaken with
K2CO3 solution. The toluene layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), concentrated
and
chromatographed in 4%Et0Ac in DCM to give the title compound (132 mg, m.p. 100-

101 C). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) 6 ppm 7.50 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J= 2, 8
Hz,
111), 7.08 (dd, J= 5, 8Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 4.07 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 1.82-2.15
(m, 9H), 2.03
(s, 3H), 1.82 (d, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (d, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 6H),.MS
(ESI+) m/z 412,
414 (M+H)+.
Example 52
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-M-5-(methylsulfony1)-2-
adamantyl]propanamide
A solution of the product of Example 51(100 mg, 0.235 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 ml)
was
treated with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (180 mg, 70%, 1.05 mmol). After stirring
for 17 hrs at
25 C, CHC13 was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was extracted
with KHCO3,
Na2S203, and KHCO3. After drying (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrating, the
residue was
crystallized from heptane and ether to provide the title compound (89 mg, m.p.
172-173 C).
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) 6 ppm 7.55 (d, J= 8 Hz, 111), 7.18 (dd, J= 2, 8 Hz,
1H), 7.09
(dd, J= 5, 8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 4.09 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.07-
2.25 (m, 9H),
86

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
1.90 (d, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (d, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z
444, 446
(M+H)+.
Example 53
2-(2-Ch1oro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methy1-N-RE')-5-(methylsulfiny1)-2-
adamantyllpropanamide
A-solution of the product of Example 51(71 mg, 0.172 mmol) in acetic acid (75
mL)
was prepared. Sodium perborate (NaB03.H20, 18 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added and the

mixture was stirred 16 hr at 25 C. Toluene was added. The mixture was
concentrated and
more toluene added. This was washed with K2CO3, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and
concentrated in yam . The residue was crystallized from ether to get the title
compound (44
mg, imp. 134-135 C). 111 NMR (500MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.58 (d, J= 8 Hz, 111),
7.19 (dd, J
= 2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J= 5, 8 Hz, 111), 6.95 (m, 111), 4.10 (d, J= 8 Hz,
111), 2.42 (s, 311),
2.17-2.30 (m, 311), 2.01 (d, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 1.82-2.05 (m, 6H), 1.55 (d, .1--
13 Hz, 2H), 1.54
(s, 6H). MS (EST+) m/z 428, 430 (M+H)+.
Example 54
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty11-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide
Example 54A
1-Bromoadaman-4-one
5-Hydroxy-2-adamantanone (5.00 g, 30.1 mmol) was mixed with 48% hydrobromic
acid (50 mL) and heated at 100 C for 48 hours (H. W. Geluk, J. L. M. A.
Schlatmann,
Tetrahedron 24: 5369-5377, 1968). Reaction diluted with water and extracted
twice with
ether. Combined extracts dried (Na2SO4), decanted, and evaporated under
reduced pressure.
The residue was purified on normal phase HPLC (silica gel, 5-10% ethyl acetate
in hexane)
to provide the title compound (4.19 g, 61%).
Example 54B
1-Bromoadamantan-4-one ethylene ketal
The product of Example 54A (4.19 g, 18.3 mmol), ethylene glycol (2.05 mL, 36.6

mmol), and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid (20 mg) were dissolved
in benzene
87

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
(100 mL) and heated at reflux with a Dean-Stark apparatus attached for 16
hours (M. Xie, W.
J. le Noble, J. Org. Chem. 54: 3836-3839, 1989). The reaction was cooled,
washed with 2N
sodium carbonate, water, and brine. The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4),
filtered, and
evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound.
Example 54C
(1R, 25)-1-Amino-2-indanol-N-4-toluene sulfonamide
(1R, 25)-Aminoindanol (5.00 g, 33.5 mmol) and ethyl acetate (75 mL) were added
to
a solution of sodium carbonate (6.89 g, 65.0 mmol) in water (30 mL) that had
been stirring at
room temperature for 20 minutes. After stirring this mixture for 20 minutes, a
solution of p-
toluenesulfonyl chloride (6.20 g, 32.5 mmol) in 1:1 THF/ethyl acetate (12 mL)
was added
drop-wise using an addition funnel over a period of 20 minutes (Z. Han, D.
Krislummurthy,
P. Grover, Q. K. Fang, C. H. Senanayake, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124: 7880-7881,
2002).
Reaction stirred 16 hours at room temperature. Stirring was stopped, and the
layers separated.
The organic phase was washed with water, 1N hydrochloric acid, and brine. The
organic
solution was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure
to provide the
title compound.
Example 54D
(2R, 4R, 5S)-3-(4-Toluenesulfony1)-3,3a,8,8a-tetrahydro-1-oxa-2-thia-3-aza-
cyclopenta[a]indene-2-oxide and
(2S, 4R, 5S)-3-(4-Toluenesulfony1)-3,3a,8,8a-tetrahydro-1-oxa-2-thia-3-aza-
cyclopenta[a]indene-2-oxide
A solution of the product of Example 54C (10.2 g, 33.5 mmol) at ¨45 C in
anhydrous
THF (50 mL) was treated slowly, in one portion, with thionyl chloride (3.67
mL, 50.3 mmol).
A solution of imidazole (6.84 g, 101mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was then
added drop-
wise to this solution over 40 minutes using an addition funnel (Z. Han, D.
Krishnamurthy, P.
Grover, Q. K. Fang, C. H. Senanayake, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124: 7880-7881, 2002).
Reaction
stirred two hours at -45 C and was then quenched at -45 C with saturated
sodium
bicarbonate. The mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and warmed to
room
temperature with stirring. The layers were allowed to separate and the organic
phase was
washed with water and brine. The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4),
filtered, and
88

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title compounds.
Example 54E
(S)-(4-Adamantanone ethylene ketal)-1-sulfinic acid-(1R, 2S)-144-
toluenesulfonylaminol-
indan-2-y1 ester and (R)-(4-Adamantanone ethylene ketal)-1-sulfinic acid-(1R,
2S)-1-(4-
toluenesulfonylamino)-indan-2-y1 ester
A 0.76M solution of Rieke Zinc (57 mL, 43.0 mmol) in THF was added at room
temperature to a degassed solution under nitrogen containing the product of
Example 54B
(7.82 g, 28.6 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL). Reaction stirred 16 hours at
room
temperature. More 0.76M Rieke Zinc (50 mL, 38.0 mmol) in THF was added, and
reaction
mixture stirred an additional 20 hours. This reaction mixture containing the
zinc bromide
was added drop-wise using a cannule to a -45 C solution under nitrogen of the
product of
Example 54D (6.66 g, 19.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL). Reaction stirred 16
hours at
room temperature. Reaction mixture diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with
brine, dried
(Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified on
normal phase HPLC (silica gel, 30-40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide the
title
compound.
=
Example 54F
14(S)-Aminosulfinypadamantan-4-one ethylene ketal and 14(R)-
Aminosulfinypadamantan-
4-one ethylene ketal
A three-necked flask under argon equipped with a glass stir bar, a
thermometer, a gas
inlet, and an ammonia condenser (-78 C) in a ¨50 C bath was charged with
anhydrous liquid
ammonia (40 mL). A few crystals of iron nitrate nonahydrate (5 mg) were added
to -the
ammonia, followed by portion-wise addition of lithium wire (650 mg, 93.7 mmol)
in a
controlled manner keeping the internal temperature at about ¨45 C. When all
the lithium was
added and the blue solution became a grey suspension, the mixture was stirred
for an
additional two hours at ¨45 C. The mixture was then cooled to ¨78 C, and a
solution of the
product of Example 54E (7.00 g, 12.9 mmol) in anhydrous THE (30 mL) was added
drop-
wise over a period of 30 minutes. Reaction mixture stirred 2 hours at ¨78 C
and then
quenched with saturated ammonium chloride. Reaction mixture allowed to warm to
room
temperature, and product extracted with ethyl acetate. Extracts washed with
brine, dried
89

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
(Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified on
normal phase HPLC (silica gel, 5% methanol in ethyl acetate) to provide the
title compound
(1.19 g, 36%).
Example 54G
1-Aminosulfonyladamantan-4-one ethylene ketal
A solution of the product of Example 54F (1.19 g, 4.63 mmol) in anhydrous TT-
IF (10
mL) at room temperature was treated with a 2.5 wt. % solution of osmium
tetroxide (0.35
mL) in 2-propanol and 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (0.55 g, 4.67 mmol). Reaction
stirred at
room temperature for 16 hours. Reaction diluted with ethyl acetate, washed
with water and
brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to
provide the title
compound.
Example 54H
1-Aminosulfonyladamantan-4-one
A solution of the product of Example 54G (1.26 g, 4.63 mmol) in THE (15 mL) at

room temperature was treated with 1N hydrochloric acid (14 mL). Reaction
heated at 60 C
for 16 hours. Reaction quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and product
extracted
with 20% methanol in chloroform (2X) and 40% THE in DCM (2X). Extracts dried
(Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title
compound
(0.880 g, 82%).
Example 541
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-sulfonic acid amide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
7A
substituting the product of Example 5411 for 4-oxo-adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid.
Example 54J
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty11-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide
The product of Example 541(100 mg, 0.44 mmol), 2-(4-ch1orophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid (93 mg, 0.44 mmol), and TBTU (209 mg, 0.65 mmol) were
mixed in
DMT (2 mL) at room temperature for 10 minutes. NN-diisopropylethylamine (0.15
mL, 0.87

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
mmol) was added to this solution, and the reaction stirred 16 hours at room
temperature.
Reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, saturated sodium
bicarbonate,
1N phosphoric acid, and brine. Organic phase dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and
evaporated under
reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica
gel (20-30%
ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-
d6) 8
ppm 7.43 (d, J=6 hz, 1 H) 7.33 (d, J=8 Hz, 2 H) 6.91 (d, J=8 Hz, 2 H) 6.58 (s,
2 H) 3.79 (m,
1 H) 2.04 (bs, 2 H) 2.00-1.80 (m, 7 11) 1.71 (m, 2 H) 1.46 (s, 611)1.35 (m, 2
H). MS (ESI+)
m/z 427 (M+H)+.
Example 55
E-4-( [1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl] c arbonyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
Example 55A
Ethyl 1-(4-chlorophenoxy)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
A mixture of p-chlorophenol (621 mg, 4.83 mmol), ethyl 1-
bromocyclobutanecarboxylate (1.0 g, 4.83 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.33
g, 9.66
mmol) in DMF (14.5 ml) was stirred and heated to about 55-60 C under a
nitrogen
atmosphere for about 18 hours. The solvent was removed under high vacuum, the
residue
was taken up in diethyl ether (50 ml) and was washed with water and brine (15
ml each). The
organic layer was dried (MgSO4), and filtered. The solvent was removed under
vacuum and
the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using
hexanes/ethyl
acetate (2: 1) as the mobile phase to provide 320 mg (26 %) of the title
compound. MS
(DCI): m/z 272 (M+NE14)+.
Example 55B
1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
To the product of Example 55A (320 mg, 1.26 rnmol) was added glacial acetic
acid
(10 ml) followed by 5% aqueous hydrochloric acid (2.5 ml) and the mixture was
heated to
reflux for about 18 hours. The mixture was cooled and was evaporated to
dryness. The
residue was taken up in toluene and was evaporated to dryness two times to
provide 250 mg
(87 %) of the title compound. MS (DCI): miz 244 (M+NH4)+.
91

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 55C
E-4-( ff1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)c_yclobutyl] c arb onyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid
methyl ester
A mixture of the product of Example 55B (207 mg, 0.81 mmol), the product of
Example 7B (200 mg, 0.81 mmol), 0-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N;N'-
tetramethyluronium
tetrafluoroborate (523 mg, 1.63 mmol) and /V,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.57 ml,
3.26 mmol)
in DMF (11 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere
for about 18
hours. The solvent was evaporated in high vacuum and the residue was purified
by flash
column chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate (2: 1) as the
mobile phase
to provide 240 mg (70 %) of the title compound. MS (DCI) m/z 418 (M+H)+.
Example 55D
E-4-( {{1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl] c arbonyl} amino)adamantane-1-
carboxylic acid
To a solution of the product of Example 55C (240 mg, 0.57 mmol) in dioxane (8
ml)
was added 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid (8 ml) and the mixture was heated to
about 60 C
for about 18 hours. The mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo down to
the water
phase. The precipitate was filtered off and was dried under high vacuum to
provide 200 mg
(86 %) of the title compound. MS (DCI) m/z 404 (M+H)+.
Example 55E
E-4-( {[1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl] carbonyl} amino)adamantane-l-
carboxamide
A solution of the product of Example 55D (200 mg, 0.5 mmol), N-(3-
dimethylaminopropy1)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (380 mg, 2.0 mmol) and
1-
hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (217 mg, 1.61 mmol) in dichloromethane (17 ml)
was stirred at
ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for about 1 hour. A 0.5 M
solution of
ammonia in dioxane (9.9 ml, 4.95 mmol) was added and stirring was continued
for about 2
hours. Ammonium hydroxide (8.5 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and
stirring was
continued for about 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (55
ml), the
layers were separated, the organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and was
evaporated in
vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel
using
dichloromethane/methanol (15 : 1) as the mobile phase to provide 113 mg (57 %)
of the title
compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.07 (m,
1H),
92

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
6.92 (bs, 1H), 6.74-6.70 (m, 2H), 6.66 (bs, 1H), 3.76-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.62
(m, 2H), 2.33-
2.25 (in, 2H), 1.89-1.64 (m, 11H), 1.37-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.19 (in, 2H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 403
Example 56
4-[( {[((E)-4- {[2-(4-Ch1orophenoxy)-2-methy1prop anoyl] amino } -1-
adamantyl)methyl]sulfonyl} amino)methyilbenzoic acid
Step A
To a solution of the product of Example 36B (395 mg, 0.895 mmol) in DCM (8.9
mL)
and DMF (1 drop) was added triphosgene (194 mg, 0.653 mmol) and triethylamine
(0.125
mL, 0.895 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1.5
hours and then one half of the solution was added dropwise to a solution of
methyl 4-
(aminomethyl)-benzoate hydrochloride (67.6 mg, 0.447 mmol) and triethylamine
(0.16 mL,
1.12 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the
reaction was
quenched with water and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was then
rinsed with
brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
Step B
The product of Step A was dissolved in a mixture of THE, water, and ethanol
and
treated with excess NaOH. After stirring at room temperature overnight the
reaction was
concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse phase
preparative HPLC
using acetonitrile:10mM NH40Ac on YMC Guardpak column to provide the title
compound
(25 mg, 10%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 8.06 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.44 (d,
J= 8.6
Hz, 2 H), 7.24 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2 H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.86 (d, J=8.6
Hz, 2 H), 4.92
(m, 1H), 4.37 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.03 (m, 1 H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 1.50-2.17 (m,
11 H), 1.50 (s,
6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 575 (M+H)+.
Example 57
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-(1H-imidazol-2-y1)-2-adamanty1]-2-
methylpropanamide
The product of Example 33B (0.1 g, 0.266 mmol) and glyoxal (0.11 g, 40 wt% in
water, 0.8 mmol) was dissolved in ammonia solution (6 mL, 7 N). The reaction
vessel was
sealed and stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The volatiles were
evaporated and the
residue was purified by reverse phase BPLC using CH3CN /0.1% TFA in water to
provide
93

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
the title compound as an oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.48 - 1.59 (s, 6
H) 1.60 -
1.73 (m, 2 H) 1.77- 1.94 (m, 2 H) 2.02 - 2.12 (m, 3 H) 2.12 - 2.27 (m, 6 H)
4.01 -4.12 (m, 1
H) 6.88 - 7.02 (m, 2 H) 7.21 - 7.35 (m, 2 H) 7.44 - 7.49 (m, 2 H) 7.49 - 7.60
(m, 1 H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 414.1 (M-E11)+.
Example 58
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-
adamantyl)acrylic acid
Example 58A
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{{2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyllamino}-1-
adamantyl)acrylic acid
ethyl ester
To a cold (0 C) solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (0.22 ml, 1.1 mmol) in
DME
(1.0 mL) was added NaH (60% in oil, 42 mg, 1.1 mmol) under N2 flow. The
reaction
mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and a solution of the product of Example
33B (375 mg,
lmmol) in DME (0.2 ml) was added slowly at 0 C. It was allowed to warm up to
room
temperature and stirred for 5 hours. It was quenched with water and extracted
with DCM 3
times. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered,
concentrated under
reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate
/70% hexane
to provide the title compound, 350 mg (79%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm
7.20 -
7.26 (m, 2 H), 6.94 - 7.03 (m, 1 H), 6.84 - 6.91 (m, 2 H), 6.80 (d, 1 H), 5.69
(d, 1 H), 4.19 (q,
2 H), 3.98 - 4.08 (m, 1 H), 1.91 - 2.08 (m, 3 H), 1.46 - 1.83 (m, 16 H), 1.29
(t, 3 H). %). MS
(ESI+) m/z 446 (M+H)+.
Example 58B
(2E)-3-((E)-4-1[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-.1-
adamantyl)acrylic acid
To a solution of the product of Example 58A (45 mg, 0.1 mmol) in TIT / water
(0.1
ml / 0.05 ml) was added Li0H.H20 (26 mg, 0.6 mmol). It was stirred at room
temperature
overnight. It was acidified with 1N HC1 and extracted with DCM 3 times. The
combined
organic layer was dried over Na2504, filtered, concentrated under reduced
pressure and
purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate / 70% hexane to
provide the title
compound 35 mg (83%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.20 - 7.28 (m, 2 H), 6.96
-
7.04 (m, 1 H), 6.82 - 6.95 (m, 3 H), 5.70 (d, 1 H), 4.00 - 4.09 (m, 1 H), 1.93
- 2.08 (m, 3 H),
94

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
1.47 - 1.85 (m, 16 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 418 (M+H)+.
Example 59
(E)-4-{(2-Methyl-2- {[5-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-
yl]oxy}propanoyl)aminoladamantane-1-
carboxamide
CuI (10.5 mg, 0.055 mmol), N,N,-dimethylglycine (11.3 mg, 0.109 mmol), K2CO3
(76 mg, 0.549 mmol), pyrazole (22 mg, 0.329 mmol), and the product of step C
of Example
30B (80 nag, 0.183 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and the resulting
mixture was
heated in Personal Chemistry's Emry Optimizer microwave instrument at 160 C
for 20
minutes. The mixture was diluted with Et0Ac and filtered through a pad of
silica and after
evaporation the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC using CH3CN / 0.1%
TFA in
water to give the title compound. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.40 - 1.64 (m,
4 H)
1.66 - 1.76 (m, 7 11)1.77 - 1.87 (m, 3 11) 1.90 - 2.04 (m, 7 H) 3.93 (s, 1 H)
6.53 (dd, J= 2.54,
1.86 Hz, 1 H) 7.01 (d, J= 8.82 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J= 2.03 Hz, 1 H) 8.07 (dd, J=
8.99, 2.88
Hz, 1 H) 8.15 (d, J= 3.05 Hz, 1 11) 8.45 (d, J= 2.71 Hz, 1 H) 8.45 (d, J= 2.71
Hz, 1 H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 424.2 (M+H)+.
Example 60
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-isoxazol-5-y1-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide
Example 60A
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-RE)-5-propynoyl-adamantan-2-yll-propionamide
Step A
Acetylenemagnesium chloride (8.22 mL, 0.5 M in THF, 4.11 mmol) was added
dropwise to a stirred and cooled (-78 C) solution of the product of Example
33B (0.514 g,
1.37 mmol) in dry THF. The resulting solution was warmed gradually to room
temperature
before it was quenched with saturated NH4C1 solution. The mixture was
partitioned with
Et20 and water. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4),
filtered, and
evaporated to give crude alcohol as an oil.
Step B
Dess-Matin periodinane (1 g, 2.43 mmol) was added in one portion to a solution
of
the product of Step A (0.65 g, 1.62 mmol) in dry CH2C12. The resulting
solution was stirred

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244 PCT/US2006/000210
for 3 hours at room temperature before it was quenched with saturated NaHCO3
solution and
Na2S203 solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour before the phases were
separated. The
organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and the solvent was evaporated.
The residue was
purified over silica gel using 30% Et0Ac in haxanes to provide the title
compound as a
yellow solid.
Example 60B
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-RE)-5-isoxazol-5-y1-2-adamanty1]-2-methylpropanamide
NH2OH.HC1 (0.23 g, 2.75 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.38 g, 2.75 mmol) was added to a
solution of the product of Step B of Example 60A (0.11 g, 0.275 mmol) in
isopropanol. Thq
reaction was heated (80 C) for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with
Et0Ac and
filtered through a pad of Celite and after evaporation the residue was
purified by reverse
phase HPLC using CH3CN /0.1% TFA in water to provide the title compound. 1H
NMR
(300 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.53 (s, 6 H) 1.65 (d, 2 H) 1.91 - 2.04 (m, 4 H) 2.11
(s, 6 H) 4.06
(d, J= 7.46 Hz, 1 H) 6.12 (d, J= 2.03 Hz, 1 H) 6.96 (d, J= 8.82 Hz, 2 H) 7.29
(d, J= 9.16
Hz, 2 H) 7.48 (d, J= 6.78 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 (d, J= 2.03 Hz, 1 H). MS (ESI+) m/z
415.1 (M+H)+.
Example 61
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-{(E)-5-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy)methy1]-2-
adamantyl}propanamide
A solution of the product of Example 33A (61 mg, 0.16 mmol) and 4-(2-Chloro-
ethyl)-morpholine hydrochloride (36 mg, 0.19 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was treated
with
sodium hydride (60%, 20.0 mg, 0.5 mmol) and was stirred at 100 C for 24 hours.
Then the
reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced
pressure to provide crude title compound that was purified by reverse phase
preparative
HPLC using acetonitrile:10mM NH40Ac on YMC Guardpak column to afford the title

compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 7.41 (s, 1 H) 7.26 - 7.30 (m, 2 H)
6.93 -
6.96 (m, 2 H) 3.92 (s, 1 H) 3.66 - 3.72 (m, 4 H) 3.56 (t, J= 5.49 Hz, 2 H)
3.03 (s, 2 H) 2.59
(t, J= 5.49 Hz, 2 H) 2.52 - 2.57 (m, 4 II) 1.96 (d, J= 2.14 Hz, 2 H) 1.86 (s,
1 H) 1.72 (s, 1 H)
1.69 (s, 1 H) 1.67 (s, 4 H) 1.57 (d, J= 3.36 Hz, 2 II) 1.53 (s, 2 H) 1.51 (s,
6 H). MS (ESI+)
m/z 491 (M+H)+.
96
=

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 62
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide
Example 62A
2-(2-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
44C
substituting 2-chlorophenol for the product of Example 44B.
Example 62B
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
54J
substituting the product of Example 62A for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1
H), 7.21
(m, 1 H), 7.13 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.05 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (m, 1
H), 2.30-2.10
(m, 8 H), 1.90 (m, 2 H), 1.60 (m, 3 H), 1.46 (s, 6 H). MS (BSI+) m/z 427
(M+H)+.
Example 63
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanamide
Example 63A
2-Methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propionic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example

44C, substituting 2-methylphenol for the product of Example 44B.
Example 63B
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
54J
substituting the product of Example 63A for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.19 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (d, J=8 Hz, 1
H), 7.09
(m, 1 H), 6.96 (m, 1 11), 6.86 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1 H), 4.33 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (m,
1 H), 2.28 (s, 3
H), 2.30-2.05 (m, 8 H), 1.71 (m, 2 H), 1.59 (m, 3 H), 1.52 (s, 6 H). MS (EST+)
m/z 407
(M+H)+.
97

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Example 64
N-L(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty11-2-methy1-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanamide
Example 64A
2-Methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propionic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example

44C, substituting 4-methylphenol for the product of Example 44B.
Example 64B
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
54J
substituting the product of Example 64A for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.14 (d, J=8 Hz, 2 H), 7.08 (d, J=8 Hz, 2 H),
6.82 (d, J=8
Hz, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2 H), 4.06 (m, 1 H), 2.31 (s, 3 H), 2.30-2.00 (m, 8 H),
1.72 (m, 2 H), 1.59
(m, 3 H), 1.49 (s, 6 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 407 (M+H)+.
Example 65
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-methyl-242-
(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanamide
Example 65A
2-Methyl-2-(2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)propionic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
44C, substituting 2-trifluoromethylphenol for the product of Example 44B.
Example 65B
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-methyl-242-
(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
54J
substituting the product of Example 65A for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.61 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.11
(m, 2 H),
98

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
7.01 (d, J--=8 Hz, 1 H), 4.42 (s, 2 H), 4.06 (m, 1 H), 2.30-2.05 (m, 8 H),
1.70 (m, 3 H), 1.64 (s,
6 H), 1.55 (m, 2 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 461 (M-FH)+.
Example 66
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-12-
(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxylpropanamide
Example 66A
2-Methyl-2-(2-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)propionic acid
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
44C, substituting 2-trifluoromethoxylphenol for the product of Example 44B.
Example 66B
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-methyl-242-
(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
54J
substituting the product of Example 66A for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.31 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (m, 1 H), 7.18
(d, J=8
Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (m, 2 H), 4.39 (s, 2 H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 2.30-2.05 (m, 8 H),
1.75 (m, 2 H), 1.59
(m, 3 H), 1.55 (s, 6 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 427 (M+H) .
Example 67
N-RE)-5-(Aminosulfony1)-2-adamanty1]-2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example
54J
substituting the product of Example 49A for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
methylpropionic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 ppm 7.54 (d, J=8 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (m, 1 H), 7.08 (m, 1
H), 6.93
(m, 1 H), 4.26 (s, 2 H), 4.08 (m, 1 H), 2.35-2.05 (m, 8 H), 1.87 (m, 2 H),
1.60 (m, 3 H), 1.54
(s, 6 H). MS (ESI+) m/z 445 (M+H)+.
Biological Data:
Measurement of Inhibition Constants:
99

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
The ability of test compounds to inhibit human 1113-HSD-1 enzymatic activity
in vitro
was evaluated in a Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA). Tritiated-cortisone
substrate,
NADPH cofactor and titrated compound were incubated with truncated human 1113-
HSD-1
enzyme (24-287AA) at room temperature to allow the conversion to cortisol to
occur. The
reaction was stopped by adding a non-specific 1113-HSD inhibitor, 1813-
glycyrrhetinic acid.
The tritiated cortisol was captured by a mixture of an anti-cortisol
monoclonal antibody and
SPA beads coated with anti-mouse antibodies. The reaction plate was shaken at
room
temperature and the radioactivity bound to SPA beads was then measured on a 13-
scintillation
counter. The 11-PHSD-1 assay was carried out in 96-well microtiter plates in a
total volume
of 220 ul. To start the assay, 188 ul of master mix which contained .17.5 nM
3H-cortisone,
157.5 nM cortisone and 181 mM NADPH was added to the wells. In order to drive
the
reaction in the forward direction, 1 mM G-6-P was also added. Solid compound
was
dissolved in DMSO to make a 10 mM stock followed by a subsequent 10-fold
dilution with
3% DMSO in Tris/EDTA buffer (pH 7.4). 22 ill of &rated compounds was then
added in
triplicate to the substrate. Reactions were initiated by the addition of
101.11 of 0.1mg/ral
E.coli lysates overexpressing 1113-FISD- I enzyme. After shaking and
incubating plates for 30
minutes at room temperature, reactions were stopped by adding 10 Ill of 1 mM
glycyrrhetinic
acid. The product, tritiated cortisol, was captured by adding 10 pi of 1 JAM
monoclonal anti-
cortisol antibodies and 1001.11 SPA beads coated with anti-mouse antibodies.
After shaking
for 30 minutes, plates were read on a liquid scintillation counter Topcount.
Percent inhibition
was calculated based on the background and the maximal signal. Wells that
contained
substrate without compound or enzyme were used as the background, while the
wells that
contained substrate and enzyme without any compound were considered as maximal
signal.
Percent of inhibition of each compound was calculated relative to the maximal
signal and
IC50 curves were generated. This assay was applied to 1113-HSD-2 as well,
whereby tritiated
cortisol and NAD+ were used as substrate and cofactor, respectively.
Compounds of the present invention are active in the 11-(3HSD-1 assay
described
above and show selectivity for human 11-13-HSD-1 over human 11-13-1ISD-2, as
indicated in
Table 1.
100

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
=
Table 1. 11 -0-1-1SD-1 and 11:43-HSD-2 activity for representative compounds.
Compound Example 11-P-HSD-1 IC50 11-P-HSD-2 IC50
(nM) (nM)
A Ex 2 23 >10.000
B Ex 3 35 10,000
C Ex 5 35
D Ex 6 34
¨
E Ex 7 72 29,000
F Ex 15 24 32,000
G Ex 16 44 11,000
,
H Ex 22 40 2,600
_
1 Ex 24 33 15,000 ,
J Ex 26 45 37,000
K Ex 32 18 35,000 .
L Ex 33 45 59,000
M Ex 34 43 21,000
N Ex 35 41 >100,000
O Ex 36 96 100,000
P Ex 37 41 >100,000
Q Ex 41 29 10,000
R Ex 47 68 65,000
S Ex 52 53 10,000
T Ex 53 28 10,000
U Ex 54 26 14,000
/ Ex 55 89 90,000
W Ex 56 48 18,000
-
,
X Ex 58 30 >100,000
Y Ex 59 30 >100,000
Z Ex 67 89 >100,000
The data in Table 1 demonstrates that compounds A, B, C, D and E are active in
the
human 11P-HSD-1 enzymatic SPA assay described above and that the tested
compound
showed selectivity for 110-HSD-1 over 110-HSD-2. The 1113-HSD-1 inhibitors of
this
invention generally have an inhibition constant 1050 of less than 600 nM and
preferably less
than 50 nM. The compounds preferably are selective, having an inhibition
constant 1050
101

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
against 11p-HSD-2 greater than 1000 nM and preferably greater than 10,000 nM.
Generally,
the IC50 ratio for 1113-HSD-2 to 113-HSD-1 of a compound is at least 10 or
greater and
preferably 100 or greater.
Metabolic Stability
Incubation conditions:
Metabolic stability screen: each substrate (10 M) was incubated with
microsomal
protein (0.1 ¨ 0.5 mg/ml) in 50mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) in 48-
Well plate.
The enzyme reaction was initiated by the addition of linM NADPH, then
incubated at 37 C
in a Forma Scientific incubator (Marietta, OH, USA) with gentle shaking. The
reactions were
quenched by the addition of 800 j.il of ACN/Me0H (1:1, v/v), containing 0.5
pl\i1 of internal
standard (IS), after 30 min incubation. Samples were then filtered by using
Captiva 96-Well
Filtration (Varian, Lake Forest, CA, USA) and analyzed by LC/MS (mass
spectrometry).
Liver microsomal incubations were conducted in duplicate.
LC/MS analysis:
The parent remaining in the incubation mixture was determined by LC/MS. The
LC/MS system consisted of an Agilent 1100 series (Agilent Technologies,
Waldbronn,
Germany) and API 2000 (MDS SCIEX, Ontario, Canada). A Luna C8(2) (50 x 2.0 mm,

particle size 3 p.m, Phenomenex, Torrance, CA, USA) was used to quantify each
compound
at ambient temperature. The mobile phase consisted of (A): 10 mM NH4AC (pH
3.3) and
(B): 100% ACN and was delivered at a flow rate of 0.2 ml/min. Elution was
achieved using
a linear gradient of 0-100% B over 3 mm, then held 100% B for 4 min and
returned to 100%
A in 1 min. The column was equilibrated for 7 min before the next injection.
The peak area ratios (each substrate over IS) at each incubation time were
expressed
as the percentage of the ratios (each substrate over IS) of the control
samples (0 min
incubation). The parent remaining in the incubation mixture was expressed as
the percentage
of the values at 0 min incubation. The percentage turnover is calculated using
the following
equation (%turnover = 100%turnover ¨ %parent remaining) and is recorded as the
percentage
turnover in the Table 2.
102

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
Table 2. Microsomal metabolic stability.
Compound Example Human Liver Mouse Liver
Microsomal Microsomal
Turnover (A) Turnover (%)
A Ex 2 19 37
Ex 3 47 25
Ex 7 0 0
EE Ex 18 88 86
Compounds A, B and E contain a substituted adamantane, whereas the adamantane
ring of compound EE is unsubstituted. The microsomal, metabolic, stability
data in Table 2
demonstrates that substituted adamantane compounds of the present invention
may exhibit an
increase in metabolic stability compared to unsubstituted adamantane compounds
which may
lead to longer in vivo half lives and pharmacokinetic advantages over
unsubstituted
adamantanes.
Biochemical Mechanism
Glucocorticoids are steroid hormones that play an important role in regulating
multiple physiological processes in a wide range of tissues and organs. For
example,
glucocorticoids are potent regulators of glucose and lipid metabolism. Excess
glucocorticoid
action may lead to insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, visceral
obesity and
hypertension. Cortisol is the major active and cortisone is the major inactive
form of
glucocorticoids in humans, while corticosterone and dehydrocorticosterone are
the major
active and inactive forms in rodents.
Previously, the main determinants of glucocorticoid action were thought to be
the
circulating hormone concentration and the density of glucocorticoid receptors
in the target
tissues. In the last decade, it was discovered that tissue glucocorticoid
levels may also be
controlled by 110-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases enzymes (11P-HSDs). There are
two 110-
HSD isozymes which have different substrate affinities and cofactors. The 1113-

hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases type 1 enzyme (1113-HSD-1) is a low affinity
enzyme with
Km for cortisone in the micromolar range that prefers NADPH/NADP+
(nicotinamide adenine
dinucleotide) as cofactors. 1113-HSD-1 is widely expressed and particularly
high expression
levels are found in liver, brain, lung, adipose tissue and vascular smooth
muscle cells. In
vitro studies indicate that 1113-HSD-1 is capable of acting both as a
reductase and a
dehydrogenase. However, many studies have shown that it is predominantly a
reductase in
vivo and in intact cells. It converts inactive 11-ketoglucocorticoids (i.e.,
cortisone or
103

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
dehydrocorticosterone) to active 11-hydroxyglucocorticoids (i.e., cortisol or
corticosterone)
and therefore amplifies the glucocorticoid action in a tissue-specific manner.
With only 20% homology to 11p-HSD-1, the 11P-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases
type 2 enzyme (11P-HSD-2) is a NAD+-dependent, high affinity dehydrogenase
with a Km
for cortisol in the nanomolar range. 11p-HSD-2 is found primarily in
mineralocorticoid
target tissues, such as kidney, colon and placenta. Glucocorticoid action is
mediated by the
binding of glucocorticoids to receptors, such as mineralocorticoid receptors
and
glucocorticoid receptors. Through binding to its receptor, the main
mineralocorticoid
aldosterone controls the water and salts balance in the body. However, the
mineralocorticoid
receptors have a high affinity for both cortisol and aldosterone. 11P-HSD-2
converts cortisol
to inactive cortisone, therefore preventing the non-selective
mineralocorticoid receptors from
being exposed to high levels of cortisol. Mutations in the gene encoding 113-
HSD-2 cause
Apparent Mineralocorticoid Excess Syndrome (AME), which is a congenital
syndrome
resulting in hypokaleamia and severe hypertension. AME Patients have elevated
cortisol
levels in mineralocorticoid target tissues due to reduced 1113-HSD-2 activity.
The AME
symptoms may also be induced by administration of 1113-HSD-2 inhibitor,
glycyrrhetinic
acid. The activity of 11P-HSD-2 in placenta is probably important for
protecting the fetus
from excess exposure to maternal glucocorticoids, which may result in
hypertension, glucose
intolerance and growth retardation. Due to the potential side effects
resulting from 1113-
HSD-2 inhibition, the present invention describes selective 1113-HSD-1
inhibitors.
Glucocorticoid levels and/or activity may contribute to numerous disorders,
including
Type II diabetes, obesity, dyslipidemia, insulin resistance and hypertension.
Administration
of the compounds of the present invention decreases the level of cortisol and
other 1113-
hydroxysteroids in target tissues, thereby reducing the effects of
glucucocrticoid activity in
key target tissues. The present invention could be used for the treatment,
control,
amelioration, prevention, delaying the onset of or reducing the risk of
developing the diseases
and conditions that are described herein.
Since glucocorticoids are potent regulators of glucose and lipid metabolism,
glucocorticoid action may contribute or lead to insulin resistance, type 2
diabetes,
dyslipidemia, visceral obesity and hypertension. For example, cortisol
antagonizes the
insulin effect in liver resulting in reduced insulin sensitivity and increased
gluconeo genesis.
104

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
Therefore, patients who already have impaired glucose tolerance have a greater
probability of
developing type 2 diabetes in the presence of abnormally high levels of
cortisol. Previous
studies (B. R. Walker et al., J. of Clin. Endocrinology and Met., 80: 3155-
3159, 1995) have
demonstrated that administration of non-selective 11P-HSD-1 inhibitor,
carbenoxolone,
effective amount of an 1113-HSD-1 inhibitor may treat, control, ameliorate,
delay, or prevent
the onset of type 2 diabetes.
Administration of glucocorticoids in vivo has been shown to reduce insulin
secretion
in rats (B. Billaudel et al., Horm. Metab. Res. 11: 555-560, 1979). It has
also been reported
secretion from isolated murine pancreatic f3 cells. (B. Davani et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 275:
34841-34844, 2000), and that incubation of isolated islets with an 1113-HSD-1
inhibitor
improves glucose-stimulated insulin secretion (H Orstater et al., Diabetes
Metab. Res. Rev..
21: 359-366, 2005). Therefore, administration of a therapeutically effective
amount of an
diabetes by improving glucose-stimulated insulin secretion in the pancreas.
Abdominal obesity is closely associated with glucose intolerance (C. T.
Montague et
al., Diabetes, 49: 883-888, 2000), hyperinsulinemia, hypertriglyceridemia and
other factors of
metabolic syndrome (also known as syndrome X), such as high blood pressure,
elevated
of the metabolic syndrome is extensive (Masuzaki, et al.. Science. 294: 2166-
2170, 2001;
Paterson, J.M., et al.; Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 101: 7088-93, 2004;
Montague and
O'Rahilly. Diabetes. 49: 883-888, 2000). Therefore, administration of a
therapeutically
effective amount of an 1113-HSD-1 inhibitor may treat, control, ameliorate,
delay, or prevent
delaying the onset of obesity, or perhaps preventing it entirely if the
patients use an 1113-
HSD-1 inhibitor in combination with controlled diet, exercise, or in
combination or sequence
with other pharmacological approaches.
By reducing insulin resistance and/or maintaining serum glucose at normal
30 concentrations and/or reducing obestity compounds of the present
invention also have utility
in the treatment and prevention of conditions that accompany Type 2 diabetes
and insulin
resistance, including the metabolic syndrome or syndrome X, obesity, reactive
hypoglycemia,
105

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
and diabetic dyslipidemia.
1113-HSD-1 is present in multiple tissues, including vascular smooth muscle,
where
local glucocorticoid levels that are thought to increase insulin resistance,
leading to
reductions in nitric oxide production, and potentiation of the
vasoconstrictive effects of both
catecholamines and angiotensin II (M. Pirpiris et al., Hypertension, 19:567-
574, 1992, C.
Kornel et al., Steroids, 58: 580-587, 1993, B. R. Walker and B. C. Williams,
Clin. Sci.
82:597-605, 1992; Hodge, G. et al Exp. Physiol 87: 1-8, 2002). High levels of
cortisol in
tissues where the mineralocorticoid receptor is present may lead to
hypertension, as observed
in Cushing's patients (See, D. N. Orth, N. Engl. J. Med. 332:791-803, 1995, M.
Boscaro, et
al., Lancet, 357: 783-791, 2001, X. Bertagna, et al, Cushing's Disease. In:
Melmed S., Ed.
The Pituitary. 2nd ed. Malden, MA: Blackwell; 592-612, 2002). Transgenic mice
overexpressing 11f3-HSD-1 in liver and fat are also hypertensive, a phenotype
believed to
result from glucocorticoid activation of the renin angiotensin system
(Paterson, J.M. et al,
PNAS. 101: 7088-93, 2004; Masuzaki, H. et al, J. Clin. Invest. 112: 83-90,
2003).
Therefore, administration of a therapeutically effective dose of an 1113-HSD-1
inhibitor may
treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of hypertension.
Cushing's syndrome is a life-threatening metabolic disorder characterized by
sustained and elevated glucocorticoid levels caused by the endogenous and
excessive
production of cortisol from the adrenal glands. Typical Cushingoid
characteristics include
central obesity, diabetes and/or insulin resistance, moon face, buffalo hump,
skin thinning,
dyslipidemia, osteoporosis, reduced cognitive capacity, dementia,
hypertension, sleep
deprivation, and atherosclerosis among others (Principles and Practice of
Endocrinology and
Metabolism. Edited by Kenneth Becker, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins
Pulishers,
Philadelphia, 2001; pg 723-8). The same characteristics can also arise from
the exogenous
administration of high doses of exogenous glucocorticoids, such as prednisone
or
dexamethasone, as part of an anti-inflammatory treatment regimen. Endogenous
Cushings
typically evolves from pituitary hyperplasia, some other ectopic source of
ACTH, or from an
adrenal carcinoma or nodular hyperplasia. Administration of a therapeutically
effective dose
of an 11 13-HSD-1 inhibitor may reduce local glucocorticoid concentrations and
therefore
treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of Cushing's disease
and/or similar
symptoms arising from glucocorticoid treatment.
1113-HSD-1 is expressed in mammalian brain, and published data indicates that
106

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
glucocorticoids may cause neuronal degeneration and dysfunction, particularly
in the aged
(de Quervain et al.; Hum Mol Genet. 13: 47-52, 2004; Belanoff et al. .1
Psychiatr Res. 35:
127-35, 2001). Evidence in rodents and humans suggests that prolonged
elevation of plasma
glucocorticoid levels impairs cognitive function that becomes more profound
with aging.
(Issa, A.M. et al. J. Neurosci. 10: 3247-54, 1990; Lupien, S.J et al. Nat.
Neurosci. 1: 69-73,
1998; Yau, J.L.W. et al Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 98: 4716-4712, 2001).
Thekkapat eta!
has recently shown that 11P-HSD-1 mRNA is expressed in human hippocampus,
frontal
cortex and cerebellum, and that treatment of elderly diabetic individuals with
the non-
selective HSD1/2 inhibitor carbenoxolone improved verbal fluency and memory
(Proc Nat!
Acad Sci USA. 101: 6743-9, 2004). Additional CNS effects of glucocorticoids
include
glucocorticoid-induced acute psychosis which is of major concern to physicians
when
treating patients with these steroidal agents (Wolkowitz et al.; Ann 1VY Acad
Sci. 1032: 191-
4, 2004). Conditional mutagenesis studies of the glucocorticoid receptor in
mice have also
provided genetic evidence that reduced glucocorticoid signaling in the brain
results in
decreased anxiety (Tronche, F. et al. (1999) Nature Genetics 23: 99-103).
Therefore, it is
expected that potent, selective 11P-HSD-1 inhibitors would treat, control,
ameliorate, delay,
or prevent the onset of cognitive decline, dementia, steroid-induced acute
psychosis,
depression, and/or anxiety.
In Cushing's patients, excess cortisol levels contributes to the development
of
hypertension, dyslipidemia, insulin resistance, and obesity, conditions
characteristic of
metabolic syndrome (Orth, D.N. et al N. Engl. J. Med. 332:791-803, 1995;
Boscaro, M. et
al., Lancet, 357: 783-791, 2001, Bertagna, X. et al, Cushing's Disease. In:
Melmed S., Ed.
The Pituitary. 21-Id ed. Malden, MA: Blackwell; 592-612, 2002). Hypertension
and
dyslipidemia are also associated with development of atherosclerosis. 1113-HSD-
1 knockout
mice are resistant to the dyslipidemic effects of a high fat diet and have an
improved lipid
profile vs wild type controls (Morton N.M. et al, JBC, 276: 41293-41300,
2001), and mice
which overexpress 113-HSD-1 in fat exhibit the dyslipidemic phenotype
characteristic of
metabolic syndrome, including elevated circulating free fatty acids, and
triclylgerides
(Masuzaki, H., et al Science. 294: 2166-2170, 2001). Administration of a
selective 1113-
HSD-1 inhibitor has also been shown to reduce elevated plasma triglycerides
and free fatty
acids in mice on a high fat diet, and significantly reduce aortic content of
cholesterol esters,
and reduce progression of atherosclerotic plaques in mice (Hermanowski-
Vosatka, A. et al.
107

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
J. Exp. Med. 202: 517-27, 2005). The administration of a therapeutically
effective amount
of an 113-HSD-1 inhibitor would therefore be expected to treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or
prevent the onset of dyslipidemia and/or atherosclerosis.
Glucocorticoids are known to cause a variety of skin related side effects
including .
skin thinning, and impairment of wound healing (Anstead, G. Adv Wound Care.
11: 277-
85, 1998; Beer, et al.; Vitam Horm. 59: 217-39, 2000). 113-HSD-1 is expressed
in human
skin fibroblasts, and it has been shown that the topical treatment with the
non-selective
HSD1/2 inhibitor glycerrhetinic acid increases the potency of topically
applied
hydrocortisone in a skin vasoconstrictor assay (Hammami, MM, and Siiteri, PK.
J. Clin.
Endocrinol. Metab. 73: 326-34, 1991). Advantageous effects of selective 1113-
HSD-1
inhibitors such as BVT.2733 on wound healing have also been reported (WO
2004/11310).
High levels of glucocorticoids inhibit blood flow and formation of new blood
vessels to
healing tissues. In vitro and in vivo models of angiogenesis have shown that
systemic
antagonism with the glucocorticoid receptor RU-486 enchances angiogenesis in
subcutaneous
sponges as well as in mouse myocardium following coronary artery ligation
(Walker, et al,
PNAS, 102: 12165-70, 2005). 11P-HSD-1 knockout mice also showed enhanced
angiogenesis in vitro and in vivo within sponges, wounds, and infarcted
myocardium. It is
therefore expected that potent, selective 11P-HSD-1 inhibitors would treat,
control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of skin thinning and/or promote wound
healing and/or
angiogenesis.
Although cortisol is an important and well-recognized anti-inflammatory agent
(J.
Baxer, Pharmac. Ther., 2:605-659, 1976), if present in large amount it also
has detrimental
effects. In certain disease states, such as tuberculosis, psoriasis and stress
in general, high
glucocorticoid activity shifts the immune response to a humoral response, when
in fact a cell
based response may be more beneficial to patients. Inhibition of 1113-HSD-1
activity may
reduce glucocorticoid levels, thereby shifting the immuno response to a cell
based response.
(D. Mason, Immunology Today, 12: 57-60, 1991, G. A. W. Rook, Baillier's Clin.
Endocrinol.
Metab. 13: 576-581, 1999). Therefore, administration of 1113-HSD-1 specific
inhibitors
could treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of tuberculosis,
psoriasis, stress,
and diseases or conditions where high glucocorticoid activity shifts the
immune response to a
humoral response.
One of the more significant side effects associated with topical and systemic
108

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
glucocorticoid therapy is glaucoma, resulting in serious increases in
intraocular pressure, with
the potential to result in blindness (Armaly et al.; Arch Ophthalmol. 78: 193-
7, 1967; Stokes
et al.; Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 44: 5163-7, 2003;). The cells that produce
the majority of
aqueous humor in the eye are the nonpigmented epithelial cells (NPE). These
cells have been
demonstrated to express 11p-HSD-1, and consistent with the expression of 11P-
HSD-1, is the
finding of elevated ratios of cortisol:cortisone in the aqueous humor.(Rauz et
al.. Invest
Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 42: 2037-2042, 2001). Furthermore, it has been shown that
patients
who have glaucoma, but who are not taking exogenous steroids, have elevated
levels of
cortisol vs. cortisone in their aqueous humor (Rauz et al. QJM. 96: 481-490,
2003.)
Treatment of patients with the nonselective HSD1/2 inhibitor carbenoxolone for
4 or 7 days
significantly lowered intraocular pressure and local cortisol generation
within the eye (Rauz
et al.; QJM. 96: 481-490, 2003.). It is therefore expected that potent,
selective 11P-HSD-1
inhibitors would treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of
glaucoma.
Glucocorticoids (GCs) are known to increase bone resorption and reduce bone
formation in mammals (Turner et al. Cakif Tissue Int. 54: 311-5, 1995; Lane,
NE et al.
Med Pediatr Oncol. 41: 212-6, 2003). 11P-HSD-1 mRNA expression and reductase
activity
have been demonstrated in primary cultures of human osteoblasts in homogenates
of human
bone (Bland et al.; J. Endocrinol. 161: 455-464, 1999; Cooper et al.; Bone,
23: 119-125,
2000). In surgical explants obtained from orthopedic operations, 11p-HSD-1
expression in
primary cultures of osteoblasts was found to be increased approximately 3-fold
between
young and old donors (Cooper et al.; J. Bone Miner Res. 17: 979-986, 2002).
Glucocorticoids, such as prednisone and dexamethasone, are also commonly used
to treat a
variety of inflammatory conditions including arthritis, inflammatory bowl
disease, and
asthma. These steroidal agents have been shown to increase expression of 1113-
HSD-1
mRNA and activity in human osteoblasts (Cooper et al.; J. Bone Miner Res. 17:
979-986,
2002). These studies suggest that 1113-HSD-1 plays a potentially important
role in the
development of bone-related adverse events as a result of excessive
glucocorticoid levels or
activity. Bone samples taken from healthy human volunteers orally dosed with
the non-
selective HSD1/2 inhibitor carbenoxolone showed a significant decrease in
markers of bone
resorption (Cooper et al.; Bone. 27: 375-81, 2000). It is therefore expected
that potent,
selective 11p-HSD-1 inhibitors would treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or
prevent the onset of
conditions of glucocorticoid-induced or age-dependent osteoporosis
109

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
The following diseases, disorders and conditions can be treated, controlled,
prevented
or delayed, by treatment with the compounds of this invention: (1)
hyperglycemia, (2) low
glucose tolerance, (3) insulin resistance, (4) lipid disorders, (5)
hyperlipidemia, (6)
hypertriglyceridemia, (9) hypercholesterolemia, (10) low HDL levels, (11) high
LDL levels,
(12), atherosclerosis and its sequelae, (13) vascular restensosis, (14)
pancreatitis, (15)
obdominal obesity, (16) neurodegenerative disease, (17) retinopathy, (18)
nephropather, (19),
neuropathy, (20) hypertension and other disorders where insulin resistance is
a component,
and (21) other diseases, disorders, and conditions that can benefit from
reduced local
glucocorticoid levels.
Therapeutic compositions of the present compounds comprise an effective amount
of
the same formulated with one or more therapeutically suitable excipients. The
term
"therapeutically suitable excipient," as used herein, generally refers to
pharmaceutically
suitable, solid, semi-solid or liquid fillers, diluents, encapsulating
material, formulation
auxiliary and the like. Examples of therapeutically suitable excipients
include, but are not
limited to, sugars, cellulose and derivatives thereof, oils, glycols,
solutions, buffers, colorants,
releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents,
perfuming agents and
the like. Such therapeutic compositions may be administered parenterally,
intracistemally,
orally, rectally, intraperitoneally or by other dosage forms known in the art.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to,
emulsions,
microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. Liquid dosage
forms may also
contain diluents, solubilizing agents, emulsifying agents, inert diluents,
wetting agents,
emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavorants, perfuming agents and the like.
Injectable preparations include, but are not limited to, sterile, injectable,
aqueous,
oleaginous solutions, suspensions, emulsions and the like. Such preparations
may also be
formulated to include, but are not limited to, parenterally suitable diluents,
dispersing agents,
wetting agents, suspending agents and the like. Such injectable preparations
may be
sterilized by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter. Such
preparations may also be
formulated with sterilizing agents that dissolve or disperse in the injectable
media or other
methods known in the art.
The absorption of the compounds of the present invention may be delayed using
a
liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water
solubility. The rate
of absorption of the compounds generally depends upon the rate of dissolution
and
110

CA 02594098 2007-07-04
WO 2006/074244
PCT/US2006/000210
crystallinity. Delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound may
also be
accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in oil. Injectable depot
dosage
forms may also be prepared by microencapsulating the same in biodegradable
polymers. The
rate of drug release may also be controlled by adjusting the ratio of compound
to polymer and
the nature of the polymer employed. Depot injectable formulations may also
prepared by
encapsulating the compounds in liposomes or microemulsions compatible with
body tissues.
Solid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to,
capsules,
tablets, gels, pills, powders, granules and the like. The drug compound is
generally combined
with at least one therapeutically suitable excipient, such as carriers,
fillers, extenders,
disintegrating agents, solution retarding agents, wetting agents, absorbents,
lubricants and the
like. Capsules, tablets and pills may also contain buffering agents.
Suppositories for rectal
administration may be prepared by mixing the compounds with a suitable non-
irritating
excipient that is solid at ordinary temperature but fluid in the rectum.
The present drug compounds may also be microencapsulated with one or more
excipients. Tablets, dragees, capsules, pills and granules may also be
prepared using coatings
and shells, such as enteric and release or rate controlling polymeric and
nonpolymeric
materials. For example, the compounds may be mixed with one or more inert
diluents.
Tableting may further include lubricants and other processing aids. Similarly,
capsules may
contain opacifying agents that delay release of the compounds in the
intestinal tract.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery
of the
present compounds to the body. Such dosage forms are prepared by dissolving or
dispensing
the compounds in suitable medium. Absorption enhancers may also be used to
increase the
flux of the compounds across the skin. The rate of absorption may be
controlled by
employing a rate controlling membrane. The compounds may also be incorporated
into a
polymer matrix or gel.
For a given dosage form, disorders of the present invention may be treated,
prophylatically treated, or have their onset delayed in a patient by
administering to the patient
a therapeutically effective amount of compound of the present invention in
accordance with a
suitable dosing regimen. In other words, a therapeutically effective amount of
any one of
compounds of formulas I thru IX is administered to a patient to treat and/or
prophylatically
treat disorders modulated by the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1
enzyme. The
specific therapeutically effective dose level for a given patient population
may depend upon a
111

CA 02594098 2012-12-07
variety of factors including, but not limited to, the specific disorder being
treated, the severity
of the disorder; the activity of the compound, the specific composition or
dosage form, age,
body weight, general health, sex, diet of the patient, the time of
administration, route of
administration, rate of excretion, duration of the treatment, drugs used in
combination,
coincidental therapy and other factors known in the art.
The present invention also includes therapeutically suitable metabolites
formed by in
vivo biotransformation of any of the compounds of formula I thru IX. The term
"therapeutically suitable metabolite", as used herein, generally refers to a
pharmaceutically
active compound formed by the in vivo biotransform ation of compounds of
formula I thru
IX. For example, pharmaceutically active metabolites include, but are not
limited to,
compounds made by adamantane hydroxylation or polyhydroxylation of any of the
compounds of formulas I thru IX. A discussion of biotransformation is found in
Goodman
and Gilman's, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, seventh edition,
MacMillan
Publishing Company, New York, NY, (1985).
The total daily dose (single or multiple) of the drug compounds of the present
invention necessary to effectively inhibit the action of 11-beta-
hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
type 1 enzyme may range from about 0.01 mg/kg/day to about 50 mg/kg/day of
body weight
and more preferably about 0.1 mg/kg/day to about 25 mg/kg/day of body weight.
Treatment
regimens generally include administering from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg of
the
compounds per day in single or multiple doses.
The scope of the claims should not be limited by the preferred embodiments set

forth in the examples, but should be given the broadest interpretation
consistent with the
description as a whole.
112

Representative Drawing

Sorry, the representative drawing for patent document number 2594098 was not found.

Administrative Status

For a clearer understanding of the status of the application/patent presented on this page, the site Disclaimer , as well as the definitions for Patent , Administrative Status , Maintenance Fee  and Payment History  should be consulted.

Administrative Status

Title Date
Forecasted Issue Date 2014-04-01
(86) PCT Filing Date 2006-01-05
(87) PCT Publication Date 2006-07-13
(85) National Entry 2007-07-04
Examination Requested 2011-01-04
(45) Issued 2014-04-01
Deemed Expired 2020-01-06

Abandonment History

There is no abandonment history.

Payment History

Fee Type Anniversary Year Due Date Amount Paid Paid Date
Application Fee $400.00 2007-07-04
Registration of a document - section 124 $100.00 2007-09-19
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 2 2008-01-07 $100.00 2007-12-19
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 3 2009-01-05 $100.00 2008-12-19
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 4 2010-01-05 $100.00 2009-12-15
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 5 2011-01-05 $200.00 2010-12-20
Request for Examination $800.00 2011-01-04
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 6 2012-01-05 $200.00 2012-01-03
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 7 2013-01-07 $200.00 2012-12-20
Registration of a document - section 124 $100.00 2013-06-18
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 8 2014-01-06 $200.00 2014-01-06
Final Fee $402.00 2014-01-14
Maintenance Fee - Patent - New Act 9 2015-01-05 $200.00 2014-12-22
Maintenance Fee - Patent - New Act 10 2016-01-05 $250.00 2015-12-17
Maintenance Fee - Patent - New Act 11 2017-01-05 $250.00 2016-12-19
Maintenance Fee - Patent - New Act 12 2018-01-05 $250.00 2017-12-15
Maintenance Fee - Patent - New Act 13 2019-01-07 $250.00 2018-12-20
Owners on Record

Note: Records showing the ownership history in alphabetical order.

Current Owners on Record
ABBVIE INC.
Past Owners on Record
ABBOTT LABORATORIES
DINGES, JURGEN
LINK, JAMES T.
PATEL, JYOTI R.
ROHDE, JEFFREY J.
SHUAI, QI
SORENSEN, BRYAN K.
WINN, MARTIN
YEH, VINCE S.
YONG, HONG
Past Owners that do not appear in the "Owners on Record" listing will appear in other documentation within the application.
Documents

To view selected files, please enter reCAPTCHA code :



To view images, click a link in the Document Description column. To download the documents, select one or more checkboxes in the first column and then click the "Download Selected in PDF format (Zip Archive)" or the "Download Selected as Single PDF" button.

List of published and non-published patent-specific documents on the CPD .

If you have any difficulty accessing content, you can call the Client Service Centre at 1-866-997-1936 or send them an e-mail at CIPO Client Service Centre.


Document
Description 
Date
(yyyy-mm-dd) 
Number of pages   Size of Image (KB) 
Abstract 2007-07-04 1 71
Claims 2007-07-04 19 820
Description 2007-07-04 112 6,009
Cover Page 2007-09-25 2 40
Claims 2012-12-07 5 245
Description 2012-12-07 112 5,932
Cover Page 2014-02-26 2 40
PCT 2007-07-04 4 129
Assignment 2007-07-04 4 144
Correspondence 2007-09-20 1 27
Assignment 2007-09-19 6 456
Prosecution-Amendment 2011-01-04 4 142
Prosecution-Amendment 2012-06-11 3 113
Prosecution-Amendment 2012-12-07 17 839
Correspondence 2014-01-23 1 12
Correspondence 2014-01-23 1 12
Correspondence 2014-01-23 1 18
Assignment 2013-06-18 21 1,272
Correspondence 2014-01-14 1 37